ANNUAL REPORT 2011 A YEAR OF IMPROVEMENT AND INVESTMENT THE TEREX WAY DESCRIBES THE VALUES AND BELIEFS THAT GUIDE OUR ACTIONS AND BEHAVIORS. INTEGRITY Integrity reflects honesty, ethics, transparency and accountability. We are committed to maintaining high ethical standards in all of our business dealings. RESPECT Respect incorporates concern for safety, health, teamwork, diversity, inclusion and performance. We treat all our team members, customers and suppliers with respect and dignity. IMPROVEMENT Improvement encompasses quality, problem- solving systems, a continuous improvement culture and collaboration. We continuously search for new and better ways of doing things, focusing on continuous improvement and the elimination of waste. SERVANT LEADERSHIP Servant leadership requires service to others, humility, authenticity and leading by example. We work to serve the needs of our customers, investors and team members. COURAGE Courage entails willingness to take risks, responsibility, action and empowerment. We have the courage to make a difference even when it is difficult. CITIZENSHIP Citizenship means social responsibility and environmental stewardship. We comply with all laws and we respect all peoples’ values and cultures and are good global, national and local citizens. RONALD M. DEFEO Chairman and Chief Executive Offi cer Our emphasis will be on margin improvement. It is at this time of the cycle that we need to make sure we improve our margins and generate appropriate levels of cash. DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS: our AWP and Construction segments. However, margin performance Our Company made progress during 2011 and our prospects for 2012 look very encouraging. I hope you feel like I do, that it’s an excellent time to be a shareholder of Terex. In the next few paragraphs I will highlight some of the progress we’ve made as well as some of the opportunities to strengthen our Company and improve our competitiveness. In a nutshell, we returned to profi tability in 2011 and re-established growth from our existing businesses. Our overall net sales increased 48% compared with last year and excluding the Demag Cranes lagged due to supplier cost increases coupled with an inability to secure pricing to offset those increases. We believe the Crane business bottomed in 2011 and, while recovery is still a few quarters away, the trends are clearly more positive. We also initiated some signifi cant cost reductions within our Cranes segment. We restructured our Terex Port Equipment business and exited the mobile harbor crane product line. This, coupled with significant savings within our German operations, brought the cost structure more in line with sales. As you probably know, our Crane business tends to lag our other businesses, typically being the last AG acquisition grew 33%. Unfortunately, margins lagged our sales of our segments to go into a downturn and the last to come back growth, but we feel we have a solid plan to recapture the margins, during a recovery. as well as cash flow, as we manage these areas aggressively in 2012. We have almost half of Terex on the enterprise IT system we internally call the Terex Management System, or TMS. This is a The global environment for capital equipment is better today than major process change underway in our Company that will eventually it has been in years. The underlying demand for equipment in provide better visibility and the tools necessary to build a global North American and Developing markets is generally more positive architecture for further improvements. It is fundamental for shared than in European markets, although even some parts of Europe are services, improved credit management, better working capital doing quite well. The simplest way I can explain this is that it feels management, and better tax planning capability in the years like a more normal environment for a capital goods company. ahead. We accomplished the integration of our AWP new equipment As expected, several of our product categories are on an improving trend. Last year, we saw rapid sales growth, specifically within activity onto TMS in 2011 with little disruption to the business. TEREX CORPORATION A nnual Repor t 2011 1 There are over 1,000 salespeople and over 200 locations around the world selling and servicing the Demag product lines. This is certainly something that can help build a services capability within Terex and we are excited about this opportunity. ) s n o i l l i B n i D S U ( 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NET SALES AND OPERATING MARGIN $7.96 $7.57 $6.50 $4.42 $3.86 2007 2008* 2009 2010 2011 % Operating Margin * Operating margin excludes the effect of goodwill impairment. 12 8 4 0 -4 -8 -12 ) t n e c r e p ( We also made progress delayering the management structure Port Equipment business that has historically been marketed under of Terex. We created an Executive Leadership Team made up of the “Gottwald” brand. The product lines within Gottwald are a profit and loss managers as well as staff support leadership that near perfect fit with the Terex Port Equipment products currently reports to me and runs the overall business. We also created an managed within our Cranes segment. And lastly, MHPS contains Extended Executive Leadership Team which is the next level down, an excellent services franchise which is both high margin and with the intention being to allow rapid communication of change signifi cant in size. There are over 1,000 salespeople and over 200 activities and better alignment around regional, segment, and locations around the world selling and servicing the Demag product corporate initiatives. This journey continues in 2012. lines. This is certainly something that can help build a services As you know, we made some signifi cant investments in 2011. The capability within Terex and we are excited about this opportunity. largest was the acquisition of 82% of the outstanding shares of As I write this letter in early March, we recently entered into a Demag Cranes AG, a great new product platform that we can build Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement with Demag upon. This was a challenging acquisition to make, as it required an Cranes AG and are working towards achieving effectiveness of unsolicited tender offer that eventually led to a business combination domination. This process is governed by German law and we agreement which was supported by both the Management Board expect sometime in 2012 to have management control of this and the Supervisory Board of Demag Cranes AG. enterprise and full access to the cash flows. Demag Cranes AG has been consolidated into Terex as a new We also acquired a small business in Brazil in 2011 called Ritz segment named Material Handling & Port Solutions (MHPS). which will reside in our Aerial Work Platforms segment. This There are three primary businesses. The first is the Industrial company is a leader in Brazil with a particular emphasis on Crane business, which is an overhead crane and lifting business aerial products for the utilities industry. While quite small, it is with multiple end-use applications. Many of the applications are a good example of a bolt-on acquisition that gives us improved in factories around the world where Demag has a very strong geographic presence in this developing market. name and heritage. Additionally, components are sold into a variety of other lifting applications. The second business is the 2 TEREX CORPORATION A nnual Repor t 2011 NET SALES BY SEGMENT 2011 NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHY 2011 Aerial Work Platforms 27% Cranes 30% Construction 23% Materials Processing 10% Material Handling & Port Solutions 10% Western Europe 28% USA / Canada 33% Rest of the World 39% Our Company continued its emphasis on good governance in 2011. margins are solid and the cash is being generated, we will return The Terex Way values are becoming a greater part of our culture to an emphasis of growth. But we have our priorities established and remain the foundation upon which we build our business. The to focus on margin improvement first, as we think this is in the six Terex Way values are Integrity, Respect, Improvement, Servant best interest of our long-term recovery. Leadership, Courage and Citizenship. At this point in time, we do not see 2012 as being a year of Turning to our Board of Directors, William Fike retired from our signifi cant acquisitions. Our primary job will be to integrate Demag Board after approximately 16 years of service. Bill was our first Cranes AG into our Company. There are a lot of opportunities still independent lead director, brought a wealth of operating experience, embedded within the Terex businesses and we want to harvest and was a good, steady counselor for me. We thank him for his these opportunities as we continue to mature as a Company. service to our Company. As I stated in the beginning of this letter, it’s an excellent time to In October 2011, we added Scott Wine to our Board of Directors. be a shareholder of Terex. While no one can predict the future with Scott is currently the CEO of Polaris Industries Inc. and has a certainty, we believe we have the Company positioned for a better wealth of operating and lean industrial business experience. We tomorrow, starting today. Thank you for your continued support. welcome him to the Terex team. Our emphasis in 2012 will be different than 2011. We do not Sincerely, forecast significant growth in our underlying businesses. In total, we are forecasting about a 5% growth in net sales, excluding the MHPS business. Inclusive of this segment, we are expecting 15 to 20% net sales growth. Ron DeFeo Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Our emphasis will be on margin improvement. It is at this time of March 2012 the cycle that we need to make sure we improve our margins and generate appropriate levels of cash. Please be assured that if the 3 TEREX CORPORATION AT-A-GLANCE BUSINESS SEGMENTS NET SALES & OPERATING MARGIN S M R O F T A L P K R O W L A I R E A N O I T C U R T S N O C S E N A R C G N I L D N A H L A I R E T A M S N O I T U L O S T R O P & G N I S S E C O R P S L A I R E T A M 4 TEREX CORPORATION A nnual Repor t 2011 ) s n o i l l i B n i D S U ( ) s n o i l l i B n i D S U ( ) s n o i l l i B n i D S U ( ) s n o i l l i B n i D S U ( ) s n o i l l i B n i D S U ( 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 $2.63 $2.39 $1.75 $1.08 $0.85 2007 2008* 2009 2010 2011 % Operating Margin $1.85 $1.83 $1.51 $1.08 $0.83 2007 2008* 2009 2010 2011 % Operating Margin $2.89 $2.23 $1.89 $1.78 $2.00 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 % Operating Margin $0.62 2011 % Operating Margin $0.96 $0.99 $0.68 $0.53 $0.35 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 % Operating Margin * Operating margin excludes the effect of goodwill impairment. 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 20 15 10 5 0 -5 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 ) t n e c r e p ( ) t n e c r e p ( ) t n e c r e p ( ) t n e c r e p ( 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 ) t n e c r e p ( NET SALES BY PRODUCT NET SALES BY GEOGRAPHY Boom Lifts 49% Trailer Mounted and Other 19% Compact 42% Material Handling 23% All Terrain & Rough Terrain 44% Port 23% Industrial Cranes 55% Crushing 46% Telehandlers 8% Utility Products 9% Scissor Lifts 15% Asphalt / Concrete 8% Mixer Trucks & Other 10% Off-Highway 17% Towers 5% Other Truck Mounted 9% Crawlers 19% Port Technology 11% Services 34% Trommels 13% Screening 41% USA / Canada 65% Rest of the World 20% USA / Canada 26% Rest of the World 37% Western Europe 15% Western Europe 37% USA / Canada 16% Western Europe 34% Rest of the World 50% USA / Canada 14% Rest of the World 46% USA / Canada 27% Rest of the World 50% Western Europe 40% Western Europe 23% 5 THOMAS J. HANSEN Vice Chairman (Retired), Illinois Tool Works, Inc. DAVID C. WANG President (Retired), Boeing (China) Co., Ltd. DAVID A. SACHS Senior Advisor in the Capital Markets Group and Investment Committee Member, Ares Management LLC OREN G. SHAFFER Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Offi cer (Retired), Qwest Communications International, Inc. SCOTT W. WINE Chief Executive Offi cer, Polaris Industries Inc. DR. DONALD P. JACOBS* Dean Emeritus And Gaylord Freeman Distinguished Professor of Banking, The J. L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University * Director Emeritus KEVIN BRADLEY President, Terex Cranes GEORGE ELLIS President, Terex Construction STEVE FILIPOV President, Developing Markets and Strategic Accounts TIMOTHY A. FORD President, Terex Aerial Work Platforms KIERAN HEGARTY President, Terex Materials Processing RAMON OLIU President, Terex Financial Services ALOYSIUS RAUEN President, Terex Material Handling & Port Solutions DOUG FRIESEN Senior Vice President, Terex Business System KEN LOUSBERG President, Terex China MARK CLAIR Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Offi cer STACEY BABSON-SMITH Vice President, Chief Ethics and Compliance Offi cer BOARD OF DIRECTORS RONALD M. DEFEO Chairman and Chief Executive Offi cer, Terex Corporation G. CHRIS ANDERSEN Partner, G.C. Andersen Partners, LLC PAULA H. J. CHOLMONDELEY Private Consultant – Strategic Planning DONALD DEFOSSET Chairman, President and CEO (Retired), Walter Industries, Inc. CORPORATE LEADERSHIP RONALD M. DEFEO Chairman and Chief Executive Offi cer PHILLIP C. WIDMAN Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Offi cer ERIC I COHEN Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel KEVIN A. BARR Senior Vice President, Human Resources BRIAN J. HENRY Senior Vice President, Finance and Business Development CORPORATE INFORMATION TEREX CORPORATION 200 Nyala Farm Road Westport, CT 06880, USA Telephone: +1 203-222-7170 Fax: +1 203-222-7976 Website: www.terex.com 6 TEREX CORPORATION A nnual Repor t 2011 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 FORM 10-K FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITIONAL REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (Mark One) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011 or TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Commission file number 1-10702 TEREX CORPORATION (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State of Incorporation) 200 Nyala Farm Road, Westport, Connecticut (Address of principal executive offices) 34-1531521 (IRS Employer Identification No.) 06880 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (203) 222-7170 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE (Title of Class) NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE (Name of Exchange on which Registered) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES NO Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act. YES NO Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES NO Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES NO Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large Accelerated Filer Accelerated Filer Non-accelerated Filer Smaller Reporting Company Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES NO The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $3,020 million based on the last sale price on June 30, 2011. THE NUMBER OF SHARES OF THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING WAS 109.8 MILLION AS OF February 24, 2012. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: Portions of the Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the year covered by this Form 10-K with respect to the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless otherwise indicated, Terex Corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is hereinafter referred to as “Terex,” the “Registrant,” “us,” “we,” “our” or the “Company.” This Annual Report generally speaks as of December 31, 2011, unless specifically noted otherwise. Forward-Looking Information Certain information in this Annual Report includes forward-looking statements regarding future events or our future financial performance that involve certain contingencies and uncertainties, including those discussed below in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Contingencies and Uncertainties.” In addition, when included in this Annual Report or in documents incorporated herein by reference, the words “may,” “expects,” “should,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “projects,” “estimates” and the negatives thereof and analogous or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. However, the absence of these words does not mean that the statement is not forward-looking. We have based these forward-looking statements on current expectations and projections about future events. These statements are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are inherently subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in such forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, include: our business is cyclical and weak general economic conditions affect the sales of our products and financial results; our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses, including the recent acquisition of Demag Cranes AG; our ability to access the capital markets to raise funds and provide liquidity; our business is sensitive to government spending; our business is very competitive and is affected by our cost structure, pricing, product initiatives and other actions taken by competitors; the effects of past operating losses; a material disruption to one of our significant facilities; our retention of key management personnel; the financial condition of suppliers and customers, and their continued access to capital; our providing financing and credit support for some of our customers; • • • • • • we may experience losses in excess of recorded reserves; • • • • • • the carrying value of our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets could become impaired; our ability to obtain parts and components from suppliers on a timely basis at competitive prices; our ability to timely manufacture and deliver products to customers; the need to comply with restrictive covenants contained in our debt agreements; our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations and operate our business; our business is global and subject to changes in exchange rates between currencies, regional economic conditions and trade restrictions; our operations are subject to a number of potential risks, including changing regulatory environments, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar laws, and political instability; possible work stoppages and other labor matters; compliance with changing laws and regulations, particularly environmental and tax laws and regulations; litigation, product liability claims, patent claims, class action lawsuits and other liabilities; our ability to comply with an injunction and related obligations resulting from the settlement of an investigation by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); our implementation of a global enterprise system and its performance; and other factors. • • • • • • • • • • • • Actual events or our actual future results may differ materially from any forward-looking statement due to these and other risks, uncertainties and significant factors. The forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report and the forward-looking statements contained in documents incorporated herein by reference speak only as of the date of the respective documents. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. As a result of the final court decree in August 2009 that formalized the settlement of an investigation of Terex by the SEC, for a period of three years, or such earlier time as we are able to obtain a waiver from the SEC, we cannot rely on the safe harbor provisions regarding forward-looking statements provided by the regulations issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 2 The forward-looking statements and prospective financial information included in this Form 10-K have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, Terex’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) has not performed any procedures with respect to the accompanying forward-looking statements and prospective financial information and, accordingly, PwC does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PwC report included in this Form 10-K relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the forward-looking statements and prospective financial information and should not be read to do so. 3 TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K For the Year Ended December 31, 2011 PART I PAGE Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosure PART II Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures a out Market Risk Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information PART III Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules PART IV 5 22 30 30 33 35 35 37 37 66 67 68 69 70 70 70 70 70 71 71 4 PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS GENERAL Terex is a diversified global equipment manufacturer of a variety of capital goods machinery products. We are focused on delivering reliable, customer-driven solutions for a wide range of commercial applications, including the construction, infrastructure, quarrying, mining, manufacturing, shipping, transportation, refining, energy and utility industries. We report in five business segments: (i) Aerial Work Platforms; (ii) Construction; (iii) Cranes; (iv) Material Handling & Port Solutions; and (v) Materials Processing. We view our purpose as making products that will be used to improve the lives of people around the world. Our mission is to provide solutions to our machinery and industrial product customers that yield superior productivity and return on investment. Our vision focuses on our commitments to our core constituencies of customers, stakeholders and team members by providing our customers with a superior ownership experience, our stakeholders with a profitable enterprise that increases value, and our team members with a preferred place to work. Our Company was incorporated in Delaware in October 1986 as Terex U.S.A., Inc. We have changed significantly since that time, achieving $6.5 billion of net sales in 2011. Much of our growth has been accomplished through acquisitions, and, in the past ten years, we have also focused on becoming a superb operating company. As we have expanded our operations, our business has become increasingly international in scope, with our products manufactured in North and South America, Europe, Australia and Asia and sold worldwide. We continue to focus on expanding our business globally, with an increased emphasis on developing markets such as China, India, Brazil, Russia and the Middle East. For financial information about our industry and geographic segments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note B - “Business Segment Information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS Our Aerial Work Platforms (“AWP”) segment designs, manufactures, refurbishes, services and markets aerial work platform equipment, telehandlers, light towers, bridge inspection equipment and utility equipment. Products include portable material lifts, portable aerial work platforms, trailer-mounted articulating booms, self-propelled articulating and telescopic booms, scissor lifts, telehandlers, trailer-mounted light towers, bridge inspection equipment and utility equipment (including truck-mounted digger derricks, auger drills, aerial devices and cable placers) as well as their related components and replacement parts. Customers use these products to construct and maintain industrial, commercial and residential buildings and facilities, construct and maintain utility and telecommunication lines, trim trees, in construction and foundation drilling applications and for other commercial operations, as well as in a wide range of infrastructure projects. We market aerial work platform products principally under the Terex® and Genie® brand names. AWP has the following significant manufacturing operations: • Aerial work platform equipment is manufactured in Redmond and Moses Lake, Washington, Umbertide, Italy, Coventry, England and Changzhou, China; • Telehandlers are manufactured in Moses Lake, Washington and Umbertide, Italy; • Trailer-mounted light towers, trailer-mounted articulated booms and bridge inspection equipment are manufactured in Rock Hill, South Carolina; and • Utility products are manufactured in Watertown and Huron, South Dakota and Betim, Brazil. We have aerial work platform refurbishment facilities located in Waco, Texas and Stockton, California. Additionally we operate a network of service locations that service and support utility products, aerial devices and a variety of other Terex® products throughout the United States. We have a parts and logistics center located in North Bend, Washington for our aerial work platform equipment. Our utilities parts business, along with a portion of our aerial work platform parts business, conduct business at a shared Terex facility in Southaven, Mississippi. Our European parts and logistics operations are conducted through an out-sourced facility in Roosendaal, The Netherlands. 5 CONSTRUCTION Our Construction segment designs, manufactures and markets three primary categories of construction equipment and their related components and replacement parts: • Heavy construction equipment, including off-highway trucks and material handlers; • Compact construction equipment, including loader backhoes, compaction equipment, mini and midi excavators, site dumpers, compact track loaders, skid steer loaders, wheel loaders and tunneling equipment; and • Roadbuilding equipment, including asphalt and concrete equipment (including pavers, transfer devices, plants, mixers, reclaimers/stabilizers, placers and cold planers) and landfill compactors. Customers use our products in construction and infrastructure projects, in building roads and bridges, in quarrying and mining operations and for material handling applications. We market our Construction products principally under the Terex® brand name, and for certain products, the Terex® name in conjunction with certain historic brand names. Construction has the following significant manufacturing operations: Heavy Construction Equipment • Off-highway rigid haul trucks and articulated haul trucks are manufactured in Motherwell, Scotland; and • Material handlers are manufactured in Bad Schönborn, Germany. Compact Construction Equipment • Compact track loaders, skid steer loaders and track systems for aerial work platform products are manufactured in Grand • Rapids, Minnesota; Site dumpers, compaction equipment and loader backhoes, as well as products for our AWP segment, are manufactured in Coventry, England; • A range of wheel loaders and mini, mobile, and midi excavators are manufactured in Crailsheim, Germany, and parts for the above-referenced products are manufactured in Langenburg and Gerabronn, Germany. In addition, specialized tunneling equipment is manufactured in Langenburg, Germany; and • Loader backhoes, skid steer loaders and light towers (for our AWP segment) are manufactured for markets in India and neighboring countries in Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh, India. Roadbuilding Equipment • Cold planers, reclaimers/stabilizers, asphalt plants, asphalt pavers, concrete plants, concrete pavers, concrete placers, transfer devices and landfill compactors, as well as products for our Materials Processing segment, are manufactured in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; • Asphalt plants, asphalt pavers, soil plants, cold planers, and micropaving and asphalt distributor equipment are manufactured in Cachoeirinha, Brazil; • Concrete pavers are manufactured in Canton, South Dakota; and • Front and rear discharge concrete mixer trucks are manufactured in Fort Wayne, Indiana Construction’s North American distribution center is in Southaven, Mississippi and serves as a parts center for Construction and other Terex operations. We have a minority interest in Inner Mongolia North Hauler Joint Stock Company Limited (“North Hauler”), a company incorporated under the laws of China, which manufactures rigid haulers in China. Trucks manufactured by North Hauler, which is located in Baotou, Inner Mongolia, are principally used in China under the Terex® brand name. 6 CRANES Our Cranes segment designs, manufactures, services and markets mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, lattice boom crawler cranes, lattice boom truck cranes, truck-mounted cranes (boom trucks) and specialized port and rail equipment including straddle and sprinter carriers, gantry cranes, ship-to-shore cranes, reach stackers, empty container handlers, full container handlers and general cargo lift trucks, as well as their related replacement parts and components. Our Cranes products are used primarily for construction, repair and maintenance of commercial buildings, manufacturing facilities and infrastructure, as well as for material handling at port and railway facilities. We market our Cranes products principally under the Terex® brand name. Cranes has the following significant manufacturing operations: • Rough terrain and telescopic crawler cranes are manufactured in Crespellano, Italy; • All-terrain cranes, truck cranes, truck-mounted cranes and reach stackers are manufactured in Montceau-les-Mines, France; • Rough terrain cranes, truck cranes and truck-mounted cranes are manufactured in Waverly, Iowa; • Truck cranes and truck-mounted cranes are manufactured in Luzhou, China; • Lattice boom crawler cranes are manufactured in Jinan, China; • Pick and carry cranes are manufactured in Brisbane, Australia; • Tower cranes are manufactured in Fontanafredda, Italy; • Lattice boom crawler and lattice boom truck cranes, as well as all terrain cranes, are manufactured in Zweibruecken- Dinglerstrasse and Zweibruecken-Wallerscheid, Germany; Steel assemblies for cranes are manufactured in Bierbach, Germany and Pecs, Hungary; • • Rubber tired gantry cranes, rail mounted gantry cranes, ship-to-shore cranes, reach stackers, empty container handlers, general cargo lift trucks and other material handling equipment are manufactured in Xiamen, China; Straddle and sprinter carriers are manufactured in Wurzburg, Germany; and • • Reach stackers, empty container handlers, full container handlers and general cargo lift trucks are manufactured in Lentigione, Italy. MATERIAL HANDLING & PORT SOLUTIONS Our Material Handling & Port Solutions (“MHPS”) segment designs, manufactures, refurbishes, services and markets industrial cranes, including standard cranes, process cranes, rope and chain hoists, electric motors, light crane systems and crane components and port equipment such as mobile harbor cranes, automated stacking cranes, automated guided vehicles as well as terminal automation technology, including software. Customers use these products for material handling at manufacturing and port facilities. Our MHPS segment also operates an extensive global sales and service network. We market our MHPS products under the Demag® and Gottwald® brand names. MHPS has the following significant manufacturing operations: • • Standard cranes are manufactured in Luisenthal, Germany, Banbury, UK, Madrid, Spain, Milan, Italy, Solon, Ohio, Cotia, Brazil, Boksburg, South Africa, Chakan, India, Shanghai, China, and Sydney, Australia; Process cranes are manufactured in Slany, Czech Republic, Boksburg, South Africa, Chakan, India, Shanghai, China and Cotia, Brazil; • Rope and chain hoists are manufactured in Wetter an der Ruhr, Germany, Shanghai, China, Milan, Italy and Cotia, Brazil; • Electric motors are manufactured in Uslar, Germany; • Mobile harbor cranes, automated stacking cranes and automated guided vehicles are manufactured in Düsseldorf, Germany; and • Light crane systems are manufactured in Shanghai, China, Cotia, Brazil, Chakan, India and Wetter an der Ruhr, Germany. We offer a range of services for cranes and lifting equipment consisting of field service, refurbishment and spare parts, as well as consultancy and training services to help optimize the use of our crane systems. These services are provided by more than 220 service centers worldwide. Our services are provided on our own industrial crane products and also on third-party products and related equipment. 7 MATERIALS PROCESSING Our Materials Processing (“MP”) segment designs, manufactures and markets materials processing equipment, including crushers, washing systems, screens, apron feeders, chippers and related components and replacement parts. Customers use our MP products in construction, infrastructure and recycling projects, in various quarrying and mining applications, as well as in landscaping and biomass production industries. We market our MP products principally under the Terex® and Powerscreen® brand names and the Terex® name in conjunction with certain historic brand names. MP has the following significant manufacturing operations: • Mobile crushers and mobile screens are manufactured in Omagh and Dungannon, Northern Ireland; • Mobile crushers and mobile screens are manufactured in Hosur, India, primarily for the Indian market; • Base crushers and base screens are manufactured in Subang Jaya, Malaysia and at a Terex facility in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Screening equipment is manufactured in Durand, Michigan; • • Mobile crushers and mobile screens are manufactured in Quanzhou, China primarily for the Chinese market; • Base crushers are manufactured in Coalville, England; and • Hand-fed chippers and drum-style trailer-mounted and tracked biomass chippers are manufactured in Farwell, Michigan. We have a North American distribution center in Louisville, Kentucky and four distribution facilities in Australia. OTHER We may assist customers in their rental, leasing and acquisition of our products through Terex Financial Services (“TFS”). TFS utilizes its equipment and financial leasing experience to provide a variety of financing solutions to our customers when they purchase our equipment. TFS provides financing support primarily by: (i) facilitating loans and leases between our customers and various third party financial institutions; and (ii) in the United States, originating, underwriting, documenting, funding and servicing financing transactions directly with end-user customers, distributors and rental companies. Most of the transactions are fixed and floating rate loans. However, TFS also provides sales-type leases, operating leases and rentals (with and without purchase options). TFS in the normal course of business sells loans and leases to financial institutions with which it has established relationships. Although the direct financing activities of TFS have historically been limited to the United States, TFS is continually evaluating the need and opportunity to provide this capability in other countries. In 2011, TFS provided limited financing through syndication in select countries in Europe and in 2012 TFS plans to initiate a direct equipment finance leasing business in China. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On February 19, 2010, we completed the disposition of our Mining business, formerly part of the Materials Processing & Mining segment, to Bucyrus International, Inc. (“Bucyrus”) and received approximately $1 billion in cash and approximately 5.8 million shares of Bucyrus common stock. The products divested in the transaction included hydraulic mining excavators, high capacity surface mining trucks, track and rotary blasthole drills, drill tools and highwall mining equipment, as well as the related parts and aftermarket service businesses, including Company-owned distribution locations. Our auger machines and auger tools product lines were not sold as part of this disposition and instead are consolidated within our AWP segment. On December 31, 2009, we sold the assets of our construction trailer business. The results of this business were formerly consolidated within the AWP segment. In March 2010, we sold the assets of our Powertrain pumps business and gears business. The results of these businesses were formerly consolidated within the Construction segment. On March 10, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Atlas heavy construction equipment and knuckle-boom crane businesses. The results of these businesses were formerly consolidated within the Construction and Cranes segments, respectively. On April 15, 2010, we completed the portion of this transaction related to the operations in Germany and on August 11, 2010, we completed the portion of this transaction related to the operations in the United Kingdom. Due to the divestiture of these businesses, the reporting of these businesses has been included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note D – “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our discontinued operations. 8 BUSINESS STRATEGY General We operate a diverse portfolio of capital goods machinery businesses that serve numerous end-user applications and geographic markets. Our diverse portfolio reduces the impact of any one application or market on business results while our focus on machinery- related businesses brings common operational characteristics that enable business efficiency. Mergers and acquisitions have played an important role in the history of our Company and we will continue to evaluate new opportunities that can enhance our business portfolio while creating opportunities for leverage on market presence, operational capabilities, or both. Over the past several years, we made several conscious changes to our business portfolio to better balance business drivers and to strengthen the capabilities of our Company. We have moved from what was predominantly a mining and construction equipment company to a more diverse manufacturer of capital goods machinery with strong market positions in our specialty areas. As a result, approximately 75% of our sales are generated in areas where we are a market leader (one of the top three companies in the market). Our 2011 investment in Demag Cranes AG was a major step towards these objectives; one that enhances our existing port equipment business, adds a new position in overhead cranes for the industrial environment, and brings a mature set of service capabilities that we believe can be transformative within Terex. During 2011, we also strengthened our position in developing markets, acquiring a utility equipment and energized electrical line work tools company in Brazil, as well as entering into a joint venture agreement that we believe will enhance our production and distribution presence in the Russian market. Our operating strategy reflects the following core elements of the Terex operating model: 1. Customer Responsiveness 2. Operational Efficiency 3. Global Growth We must excel in each of these areas in order to be a more effective and more profitable company long term, and strong performance in all three areas is central to the daily management of our Company. Our Customer Responsiveness goal is to exceed the performance of competitors in providing equipment that goes to work and stays at work, backed by world class parts and service support. Each of our businesses routinely measures customer satisfaction and develops roadmaps used to drive both step-change and incremental improvement in customer satisfaction. Our goal is annual improvement in our current businesses to achieve improved responsiveness versus our competition. Our Operational Efficiency goal is to achieve the highest return on invested capital in our peer group. This implies an efficient factory footprint, efficient supply and delivery chains, and a lean mindset that enables the elimination of waste throughout our processes for production, delivery, and service to the customer using the Terex Business System (as explained below). It is not our goal to be the lowest priced competitor, but to have the ability to compete on price when necessary. Competition in all of our businesses is intense and we must position ourselves to compete more effectively during all phases of the future business cycle. Global Growth is critical to our future success. We believe that success in developing markets is both an opportunity and a necessity for many of our businesses. Developing markets are also increasingly important source countries in our industries. We have been active for several years at sourcing components and products from developing markets and intend to pursue such opportunities aggressively in the future. We remain committed to becoming a stronger and more effective company tomorrow than we are today. To be successful, we must focus on what makes our individual businesses strong while also working together across our businesses to harness the strength of the Company as a whole. We continue to strengthen our management team and processes in order to meet these goals. What does not change however, is our unwavering commitment to a set of core principles that guide everything we do. These principles are reflected in our purpose, mission, and vision, in a set of cultural characteristics that we call the Terex Way, and in the processes and practices that define the Terex Business System. 9 Purpose, Mission, Vision Our purpose remains to improve the lives of people around the world. Our mission is to provide solutions to our machinery and industrial product customers that yield superior productivity and return on investment. Our vision focuses on the Company’s core constituencies of customers, stakeholders and team members: • Customers: We aim to be the most customer responsive company in the industry as determined by our customers. • • Team Members: We aim to be the best place to work in the industry as determined by our team members. Stakeholders: We aim to be the most profitable company in the industry as measured by Return on Invested Capital. The Terex Way We operate our business based on our value system, “The Terex Way.” The Terex Way shapes the culture of our Company and reflects our collective commitment to what it means to be a part of Terex. The Terex Way is based on six key values: • Integrity: Integrity reflects honesty, ethics, transparency and accountability. We are committed to maintaining high ethical standards in all of our business dealings and we never sacrifice our integrity for profit. • Respect: Respect incorporates concern for safety, health, teamwork, diversity, inclusion and performance. We treat all • • our team members, customers and suppliers with respect and dignity. Improvement: Improvement encompasses quality, problem-solving systems, a continuous improvement culture and collaboration. We continuously search for new and better ways of doing things, focusing on continuous improvement and the elimination of waste. Servant Leadership: Servant leadership requires service to others, humility, authenticity and leading by example. We work to serve the needs of our customers, investors and team members. • Courage: Courage entails willingness to take risks, responsibility, action and empowerment. We have the courage to make a difference even when it is difficult. • Citizenship: Citizenship means social responsibility and environmental stewardship. We comply with all laws and respect all people’s values and cultures and are good global, national and local citizens. The Terex Business System Our operational principles are based on the “Terex Business System,” or “TBS.” TBS is the framework around which we are building our capabilities as a superb operating company to achieve our long-term goals. Founded on lean concepts, TBS is a set of guiding principles and business processes that collectively define who we are and how we do what we do. TBS is our playbook to deliver our customer, team member and financial goals. It aligns the Company globally with repeatable, teachable processes that harness the full potential of our team members. TBS is not the business strategy; it supports the business strategy. We anticipate that TBS will provide us a competitive advantage through the use of customer-centric tools that continually enhance customer responsiveness and eliminate waste. PRODUCTS AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS. Aerial work platform equipment safely positions workers and materials easily and quickly to elevated work areas to enhance productivity. These products have developed as alternatives to scaffolding and ladders. We offer a variety of aerial lifts that are categorized into seven product families: portable material lifts; portable aerial work platforms; trailer-mounted articulating booms; self-propelled articulating and self-propelled telescopic booms; scissor lifts; and bridge inspection equipment. Portable material lifts are used primarily indoors in the construction, industrial and theatrical markets. • • Portable aerial work platforms are used primarily indoors in a variety of markets to perform overhead maintenance. • Trailer-mounted articulating booms are used both indoors and outdoors. They provide versatile reach, and have the ability to be towed between job sites. Self-propelled articulating booms are primarily used in construction and industrial applications, both indoors and outdoors. They feature lifting versatility with up, out and over position capabilities to access difficult to reach overhead areas. Self-propelled telescopic booms are used outdoors in commercial and industrial construction, as well as highway and bridge maintenance projects. Scissor lifts are used in outdoor and indoor applications in a variety of construction, industrial and commercial settings. • • • 10 • Bridge inspection equipment allows access to many under bridge related tasks, including inspections, painting, sandblasting, repairs, general maintenance, installation and maintenance of under bridge pipe and cables, stripping operations and replacement and maintenance of bearings. TELEHANDLERS. Telehandlers are used to move and place materials on residential and commercial construction sites and are used in the energy, infrastructure and agricultural industries. LIGHT TOWERS. Trailer-mounted light towers are used primarily to light work areas for night construction, entertainment, emergency assistance, security and for other nighttime or low light applications. UTILITY EQUIPMENT. Our utility products include digger derricks, auger drills, insulated and non-insulated aerial devices and cable placers. These products are used by electric utilities, tree care companies, telecommunications and cable companies, and the related construction industries, as well as by government organizations. • Digger derricks are used to dig holes, hoist and set utility poles, as well as lift transformers and other materials at job sites. Auger drills are used to dig holes for utility poles or construction foundations requiring larger diameter holes in difficult soil conditions. Insulated aerial devices are used to elevate workers and material to work areas at the top of utility poles, energized transmission lines and for trimming trees near energized electrical lines, as well as for miscellaneous purposes such as sign maintenance. Non-insulated aerials are used in applications where energized electrical lines are not a hazard. • • Cable placers are used to install fiber optic, copper and strand telephone and cable lines. CONSTRUCTION HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. We manufacture and/or market off-highway trucks and material handlers. • Articulated off-highway trucks are three-axle, six-wheel drive machines with an articulating connection between the cab and body that allows the cab and body to move independently, enabling all six tires to maintain ground contact for traction on rough terrain. • Rigid off-highway trucks are two-axle machines, which generally have larger capacities than articulated off-highway trucks, but can operate only on improved or graded surfaces, and are used in large construction or infrastructure projects, aggregates and smaller surface mines. • Material handlers are designed for handling logs, scrap, recycling and other bulky materials with clamshell, magnet or grapple attachments. COMPACT CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT. We manufacture a wide variety of compact construction equipment used primarily in the construction and rental industries. Products include compact track loaders, loader backhoes, compaction equipment, excavators, site dumpers, skid steer loaders, wheel loaders and tunneling equipment. • Loader backhoes incorporate a front-end loader and rear excavator arm. They are used for loading, excavating and lifting in many construction and agricultural related applications. • Our compaction equipment ranges from pedestrian single drum to ride-on tandem rollers. • Excavators in the compact equipment category include mini, mobile and midi excavators used in the general construction, landscaping and rental businesses. • Wheel loaders are used for loading and unloading materials. Applications include residential and non-residential • construction, waste management and general construction. Site dumpers are used to move smaller quantities of materials from one location to another, and are primarily used for construction applications. • Compact track loaders, skid steer loaders and wheel loaders are used for loading and unloading materials in construction, industrial, rental, agricultural and landscaping businesses. • Tunneling equipment, including loading machines, tunnel excavators, cutting units, customized tunneling and mining machines, as well as modified standard construction machines, are used to provide a variety of tunneling solutions in train, subway and metropolitan infrastructure projects. 11 ROADBUILDING EQUIPMENT. We manufacture asphalt pavers, transfer devices, asphalt plants, concrete production plants, concrete mixers, concrete pavers, concrete placers, cold planers, reclaimers/stabilizers and landfill compactors. • Asphalt pavers are available in a variety of sizes and designs. Smaller units are used for commercial work such as parking lots, development streets and construction overlay projects. Mid-sized pavers are used for mainline and commercial projects. High production pavers are engineered and built for heavy-duty, mainline paving. • Asphalt transfer devices are available in both self-propelled and paver pushed designs and are intended to reduce segregation in the paver to create a smoother roadway. • Asphalt plants are used to produce hot mix asphalt and are available in portable, re-locatable and stationary configurations. • Concrete production plants are used in residential, commercial, highway, airport and other markets. Our products include a full range of portable and stationary transit mix and central mix production facilities. • Concrete mixers are machines with a large revolving drum in which cement is mixed with other materials to make concrete. We offer models mounted on trucks with three, four, five, six or seven axles and other front and rear discharge models. • Our concrete pavers are used to finish concrete streets, highways and airport surfaces. • Concrete placers transfer materials from trucks in preparation for paving. • Cold planers mill and reclaim deteriorated asphalt pavement, leaving a level, textured surface upon which new paving material is placed. • Our reclaimers/stabilizers are used to add load-bearing strength to the base structures of new highways and new building sites. They are also used for in-place reclaiming of deteriorated asphalt pavement. • We produce landfill compactors used to compact refuse at landfill sites. CRANES We offer a wide variety of cranes, including mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, lattice boom crawler cranes, boom trucks, as well as specialty cranes and machinery designed specifically for port and railway facility use such as straddle carriers, rubber tired and rail mounted gantry cranes, ship-to-shore cranes and reach stackers. MOBILE TELESCOPIC CRANES. Mobile telescopic cranes are used primarily for industrial applications, in commercial and public works construction, and in maintenance applications to lift equipment or material. We offer a complete line of mobile telescopic cranes, including rough terrain cranes, truck cranes, all terrain cranes and pick and carry cranes. • Rough terrain cranes move materials and equipment on rough or uneven terrain, and are often located on a single construction or work site such as a building site, a highway or a utility project for long periods. Rough terrain cranes cannot be driven on highways and accordingly must be transported by truck to the work site. • Truck cranes have two cabs and can travel rapidly from job site to job site at highway speeds. Truck cranes are often used for multiple local jobs, primarily in urban or suburban areas. • All-terrain cranes were developed in Europe as a cross between rough terrain and truck cranes, and are designed to travel • across both rough terrain and highways. Pick and carry cranes are designed for a wide variety of applications, including use at mine sites, large fabrication yards, building and construction sites and in machinery maintenance and installation. They combine high road speed with all terrain capability. TOWER CRANES. Tower cranes are often used in urban areas where space is constrained and in long-term or very high building sites. Tower cranes lift construction material and place the material at the point where it is being used. We produce the following types of tower cranes: • Self-erecting tower cranes are trailer-mounted and unfold from four sections (two for the tower and two for the jib); certain larger models have a telescopic tower and folding jib. These cranes can be assembled on site in a few hours. Applications include residential and small commercial construction. • Hammerhead tower cranes have a tower and a horizontal jib assembled from sections. The tower extends above the jib to which suspension cables supporting the jib are attached. These cranes are assembled on-site in one to three days depending on height, and can increase in height with the project. Flat top tower cranes have a tower and a horizontal jib assembled from sections. There is no A-frame above the jib, which is self-supporting and consists of reinforced jib sections. These cranes are assembled on-site in one to two days, and can increase in height with the project. • • Luffing jib tower cranes have a tower and an angled jib assembled from sections. There is one A-frame above the jib to which suspension cables supporting the jib are attached. Unlike other tower cranes, there is no trolley to control lateral movement of the load, which is accomplished by changing the jib angle. These cranes are assembled on-site in two to three days, and can increase in height with the project. 12 LATTICE BOOM CRAWLER AND LATTICE BOOM TRUCK CRANES. Lattice boom crawler and lattice boom truck cranes are designed to lift material on rough terrain and can maneuver while bearing a load. The boom is made of tubular steel sections, which, together with the base unit, are transported to and erected at a construction site. TRUCK-MOUNTED CRANES (BOOM TRUCKS). We manufacture telescopic boom cranes and articulated hydraulic cranes for mounting on a commercial truck chassis. Truck-mounted cranes are used primarily in the construction and maintenance industries to lift equipment or materials to various heights. Boom trucks are generally lighter and have less lifting capacity than truck cranes, and are used for many of the same applications when lower lifting capabilities are sufficient. An advantage of a boom truck is that the equipment or material to be lifted by the crane can be transported by the truck, which can travel at highway speeds. Applications include delivery of building materials and the installation of commercial air conditioners and other roof- mounted equipment. PORT EQUIPMENT. We manufacture reach stackers, ship-to-shore gantry cranes, rubber tired and rail mounted gantry cranes, straddle carriers, sprinter carriers, empty container handlers, full container handlers and general cargo lift trucks. • Reach stackers are used to pick up and stack shipping containers at port and railway facilities. At the end of each reach stacker’s boom is a spreader that enables it to attach to shipping containers of varying lengths and weights and to rotate the container. Ship-to-shore gantry cranes are used to load and unload container vessels at ports. • • Rubber tired and rail mounted gantry cranes are used for space intensive shipping container stacking at port and railway • • facilities. Straddle carriers pick up and carry shipping containers from or to a quay-side crane while straddling their load. Straddle carriers have the capability to stack up to four shipping containers on top of each other. Straddle carriers are used in port and railway facilities to move shipping containers and to load and unload shipping containers from on-highway trucks. Straddle carriers have both horizontal and vertical lifting capabilities. Sprinter carriers operate in a similar manner to straddle carriers, but operate at higher speeds and have only horizontal lifting capabilities. • Empty container handlers, full container handlers and general cargo lift trucks are small to medium-sized highly mobile trucks for use with a variety of container handling applications at port and railway facilities and provide general cargo lifting capabilities. MATERIAL HANDLING & PORT SOLUTIONS MATERIAL HANDLING. We manufacture standard cranes, process cranes and components, such as rope hoists, chain hoists, light crane systems, travel units and electric motors. • • Standard cranes are configured individually from standardized modules for industrial infrastructure applications. Process cranes are also made from largely standardized modules and are integrated individually into the customer’s specific production processes. • Rope hoists and chain hoists are used to facilitate the movement of materials in a factory. They can either be integrated as components in standard and process cranes or used as lifting devices in non-crane applications. • Light crane systems can be described as railway systems on ceilings that use hoists to move and lift materials in factories. • Wheel blocks, electric motors, gearboxes, converters and travel units are components that can be included in tailored solutions for drive applications that aid in the movement of materials in a factory. These components can also be used separately in non-crane applications. • Crane sets comprise component packages for customers who are constructing their own girders in a factory. PORT SOLUTIONS. We manufacture mobile harbor cranes, automated stacking cranes, wide span gantries, automated guided vehicles and software solutions for logistic terminals. • Mobile harbor cranes are used for material handling at ports, including general cargo handling and shipping containers. Mobile harbor cranes can travel around the port as needed and have the ability to move large loads. Mobile harbor cranes can be fitted with a variety of attachments for handling different types of cargo. • Automated stacking cranes and wide span gantries are able to stack and manage container storage either automatically or semi-automatically. They also form the link between quayside and landside equipment such as ship-to-shore cranes, transport vehicles and trucks. • Automated guided vehicles can carry containers of varying size. The vehicles are controlled and supplied with data and orders by our proprietary designed software and transponders, i.e. electro-magnetic route markers embedded into the ground of the terminal, which navigate and control the vehicles. In large container terminals involving container transport, storage and transloading, automated guided vehicles work hand-in-hand with automated stacking cranes. 13 SERVICES. We offer a range of services for cranes and lifting equipment consisting of field service, refurbishment, and spare parts, as well as consultancy and training services. MATERIALS PROCESSING Materials processing equipment is used in processing aggregate materials for roadbuilding applications and is also used in the quarrying, mining, demolition, recycling, landscaping and biomass production industries. Our materials processing equipment includes crushers, screens, feeders and biomass wood chippers. We manufacture a range of track-mounted jaw, impactor (both horizontal and vertical shaft) and cone crushers, as well as base crushers for integration within static plants. • Jaw crushers are used for crushing larger rock, primarily at the quarry face or on recycling duties. Applications include hard rock, sand and gravel and recycled materials. Impactor crushers are used in quarries for primary and secondary applications, as well as in recycling. Cone crushers are used in secondary and tertiary applications to reduce a number of materials, including quarry rock and riverbed gravel. • Horizontal shaft impactors are primary and secondary crushers. They are typically applied to reduce soft to medium hard materials, as well as recycled materials. Vertical shaft impactors are secondary and tertiary crushers that reduce material utilizing various rotor configurations and are highly adaptable to any application. Our screening and feeder equipment includes: • Heavy duty inclined screens and feeders, which are used in high tonnage applications and are available as either stationary or heavy-duty mobile equipment. Inclined screens are used in all phases of plant design from handling quarried material to fine screening. • Dry screening, which is used to process materials such as sand, gravel, quarry rock, coal, construction and demolition waste, soil, compost and wood chips. • Washing screens, which are used to separate, wash, scrub, dewater and stockpile sand and gravel. Our products include a completely mobile, single chassis washing plant incorporating separation, washing, dewatering and stockpiling. We also manufacture mobile and stationary screening rinsers, bucket-wheel dewaterers, scrubbing devices for aggregate, a mobile cyclone for maximum retention of sand particles, silt extraction systems, stockpiling conveyors and a sand screw system as an alternative to bucket-wheel dewaterers. • Apron feeders, which are generally situated at the primary end of the processing facility, and have a rugged design in order to handle the impact of the material being fed from front-end loaders and excavators. The feeder moves material to the crushing and screening equipment in a controlled fashion. Biomass chippers are used by biomass producers, land developers and contractors to produce chips for energy or for the clearing of large sites. Hand-fed chippers are used by landscapers, rental companies, utilities, arborists, and municipalities to cut tree limbs or trunks into wood chips. 14 PRODUCT CATEGORY SALES The following table lists our main product categories and their percentage of our total sales: PRODUCT CATEGORY Aerial Work Platforms Mobile Telescopic & Truck Cranes Materials Processing Equipment Compact Construction Equipment Heavy Construction Equipment Port Equipment * Lattice Boom Crawler & Tower Cranes Utility Equipment Telehandlers & Light Construction Equipment Material Handling * Services * Roadbuilding Equipment Other TOTAL * MHPS sales included from date of acquisition BACKLOG Our backlog as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: AWP Construction Cranes MHPS MP Total PERCENTAGE OF SALES 2011 2010 2009 19% 17 12 10 9 9 7 4 4 4 3 2 — 100% 15% 23 12 10 9 8 8 7 3 — — 5 — 12% 28 9 7 9 4 16 7 2 — — 5 1 100% 100% December 31, 2011 2010 (in millions) $ 652.1 243.1 716.3 468.5 80.7 $ 307.0 139.0 773.8 — 78.2 $ 2,160.7 $ 1,298.0 We define backlog as firm orders that are expected to be filled within one year, although there can be no assurance that all such backlog orders will be filled within that time. Our backlog orders represent primarily new equipment orders. Parts orders are generally filled on an as-ordered basis. Our management views backlog as one of many indicators of the performance of our business. Because many variables can cause changes in backlog, and these changes may or may not be of any significance, we consequently view backlog as an important, but not necessarily determinative, indicator of future results. High backlog can indicate a high level of future sales; however, when backlogs are high, this may also reflect a high level of production delays, which may result in future order cancellations from disappointed customers. Small backlog may indicate a low level of future sales; however, they may also reflect a rapid ability to fill orders that is appreciated by our customers. Our overall backlog amounts at December 31, 2011 increased $862.7 million from our backlog amounts at December 31, 2010. Excluding the effect of MHPS, backlog increased $394.2, primarily due to returning demand in our AWP and Construction segments. Our AWP segment backlog increased approximately 112% from December 31, 2010. Continued replacement of aging fleets was the primary driver of the increase from last year. The developed markets made up the majority of the order strength, particularly in North America and in Australia where we have seen a significant increase in orders due to energy infrastructure spending. 15 Our Construction segment backlog at December 31, 2011 increased approximately 75% from December 31, 2010. This increase over the prior year was primarily due to high demand for compact equipment and material handlers in central Europe and backhoe loaders in Russia. The backlog at our Cranes segment decreased approximately 7% from December 31, 2010. Contributing to this decrease was a softness of order growth both in crawler and all terrain cranes. MHPS backlog was $468.5 million at December 31, 2011. Material handling equipment had a strong order book, particularly in the standard and process crane businesses, primarily driven by increased customer factory utilization. Continuing good port capacity utilization and container traffic were the primary drivers of demand for mobile harbor cranes. Our MP segment backlog at December 31, 2011 increased approximately 3% from December 31, 2010. Mining activity continued to drive orders in emerging markets. This was partially offset by recent softness in orders for mobile crushing products in developing markets as some end customers chose to rent equipment as a result of the macroeconomic uncertainty rather than place new orders. DISTRIBUTION We distribute our products through a global network of dealers, rental companies, major accounts and direct sales to customers. AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS Our aerial work platform, telehandler and light tower products are distributed principally through a global network of rental companies, independent dealers and, to a lesser extent, strategic accounts. We employ sales representatives who service these channel partners from offices located throughout the world. We sell bridge inspection equipment primarily directly to customers. We sell utility equipment to the utility and municipal markets through a direct sales effort in certain territories and through a network of independent distributors in North America. Outside of North America, independent dealers sell our utility equipment directly to customers. CONSTRUCTION We distribute heavy construction equipment and replacement parts primarily through a network of independent dealers and distributors throughout the world. Our dealers are predominantly independent businesses, which generally serve the construction, mining, forestry and/or scrap industries. Although these dealers may carry products from a variety of manufacturers, they generally carry only one manufacturer’s “brand” of each particular type of product. We distribute compact construction equipment primarily through a network of independent dealers and rental distributors throughout the world. We distribute loader backhoes and skid steer loaders manufactured in India through a network of approximately 50 dealers located in India, Nepal and neighboring countries. We sell asphalt pavers, transfer devices, reclaimers/stabilizers, cold planers, concrete pavers, concrete placers, concrete plants and landfill compactors to end user customers principally through independent dealers and distributors and, to a lesser extent, on a direct basis in areas where distributors are not established. We sell asphalt plants and concrete roller pavers primarily direct to end user customers. We sell concrete mixers primarily directly to customers and through distributors in certain regions of the United States. CRANES We market our crane products globally, optimizing assorted channel marketing systems including a distribution network and a direct sales force. We have direct sales, primarily to specialized crane rental companies, in certain crane markets such as the United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Belgium, Italy, France and Scandinavia to offer comprehensive service and support to customers. Distribution via a dealer network is often utilized in other geographic areas, including the United States. 16 MATERIAL HANDLING & PORT SOLUTIONS Our port equipment products are sold directly from our factory or our regional subsidiaries or indirectly via contractual partners to port and terminal operators and serviced either by the central service organization based in Düsseldorf, by the regional service organization or contractual partners. Our industrial crane products are also sold directly from our factory or our regional subsidiaries or indirectly via contractual partners to our end market customers. MATERIALS PROCESSING We distribute our products through a global network of independent dealers, rental companies, major accounts and direct sales to customers. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT We maintain engineering staff primarily at our manufacturing locations to conduct research and development for the site-specific products. In addition, we have an engineering center in India which supports our engineering teams worldwide through new product design, existing product design improvement and the development of products for the local market. Continually monitoring our materials, manufacturing and engineering costs is essential for identifying possible savings, then leveraging those savings to improve our competitiveness and our customers’ return on investment. Our engineering expenses are primarily incurred in connection with (i) development of additional applications and extensions of our existing product lines to meet customer needs and take advantage of growth opportunities and (ii) customer responsive enhancements and continuous cost improvements of existing products. Our engineering focus mirrors the business priorities of delivering customer responsive solutions, growth in developing markets, maintaining compliance with evolving regulatory standards in our global markets as well as a lean enterprise focus through complexity reduction via product standardization, component rationalization and strategic alignment with select global suppliers. Our engineering teams in China, India and Brazil represent our commitment to engineering products for developing markets. They take equipment technology from the developed markets and translate it to appropriate technology for developing markets using the experience and cultural understanding of engineering teams native to those markets. Product change driven by regulations requiring Tier 4 emissions compliance in most of our diesel engine powered machinery was an important part of our engineering priorities in 2011 and will be a major emphasis of our product development programs through 2015 as we move through the engine-horsepower dependent phase-in of Tier 4 regulations across our various diesel-engine equipped products. Our costs incurred in the development of new products, cost reductions, or improvements to existing products of continuing operations increased slightly due to new product development, increased work associated with ramping up production and the impact of MHPS, and were $73.7 million, $59.9 million and $58.9 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We have continued our commitment to appropriate levels of engineering spending, commensurate with our level of vertical integration, in order to meet our customer needs, uphold competitive functionality of our products and maintain regulatory compliance in all the markets that we serve. MATERIALS Principal materials and components that we use in our various manufacturing processes include steel, castings, engines, tires, hydraulics, cylinders, drive trains, electric controls and motors, and a variety of other commodities and fabricated or manufactured items. Extreme movements in the cost and availability of these materials and components may affect our financial performance. Input costs continue to be a challenge, particularly in AWP, where input costs stabilized in the fourth quarter of 2011, but remain higher compared to the prior year and in our truck business in Construction where tires have been an issue. Component availability is still impacting us, particularly in certain of our Construction businesses, although this was less prevalent in the second half of 2011 than earlier in the year. We are also continuing the transition to Tier 4 emission compliant power systems. While this transition involves a significant amount of complexity, we believe we have sound strategies and plans in place to comply with the phase-in of Tier 4 regulations. 17 In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from multiple suppliers. However, certain of our businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative suppliers of such materials may be generally available. Current and potential suppliers are evaluated on a regular basis on their ability to meet our requirements and standards. We actively manage our material supply sourcing, and may employ various methods to limit risk associated with commodity cost fluctuations and availability. The inability of suppliers, especially any single source suppliers for a particular business, to deliver materials and components promptly could result in production delays and increased costs to manufacture our products. We have designed and implemented plans to mitigate the impact of these risks by using alternate suppliers, expanding our supply base to include Asian suppliers, leveraging our overall purchasing volumes to obtain favorable quantities and developing a closer working relationship with key suppliers. We continue to search for acceptable alternative supply sources and less expensive supply options on a regular basis, including improving the globalization of our supply base and using suppliers in China and India. We are focusing on gaining efficiencies with suppliers based on our global purchasing power and resources. 18 COMPETITION We face a competitive global manufacturing market for all of our products. We compete with other manufacturers based on many factors, particularly price, performance and product reliability. We generally operate under a best value strategy, where we attempt to offer our customers products that are designed to improve the customer’s return on invested capital. However, in some instances, customers may prefer the pricing, performance or reliability aspects of a competitor’s product despite our product pricing or performance. We do not have a single competitor across all business segments. The following table shows the primary competitors for our products in the following categories: BUSINESS SEGMENT Aerial Work Platforms PRODUCTS Portable Material Lifts and Portable Aerial Work Platforms PRIMARY COMPETITORS Oshkosh (JLG), Vestil, Sumner Boom Lifts Scissor Lifts Telehandlers Oshkosh (JLG), Haulotte, Linamar (Skyjack), Tanfield (Snorkel) and Aichi Oshkosh (JLG), Linamar (Skyjack), Haulotte, Manitou and Tanfield (Snorkel) Oshkosh (JLG, Skytrak, Caterpillar and Lull brands), JCB, CNH, Merlo and Manitou (Gehl) Trailer-mounted Light Towers Allmand Bros., Magnum and Doosan Bridge Inspection Equipment Moog USA and Barin Utility Equipment Altec and Time Manufacturing (Versalift) Construction Articulated Off-highway Trucks & Rigid Off-highway Trucks Volvo, Caterpillar, Doosan, John Deere, Bell, Liebherr and Komatsu Material Handlers Wheel Loaders Loader Backhoes Liebherr, Sennebogen, Linkbelt, Exodus and Caterpillar Caterpillar, Volvo, Kubota, Kawasaki, John Deere, Komatsu, Hitachi, CNH, Liebherr and Doosan Caterpillar, CNH, JCB, Komatsu, Volvo and John Deere Compaction Equipment Caterpillar, Bomag, Amman, Dynapac and Hamm Mini Excavators Midi Excavators Site Dumpers Skid Steer Loaders Compact Track Loaders Doosan (Bobcat), Yanmar, Volvo, Takeuchi, IHI, CNH, Caterpillar, John Deere, Neuson and Kubota Komatsu, Hitachi, Volvo and Yanmar Thwaites and AUSA Doosan (Bobcat), Caterpillar, CNH, John Deere, Takeuchi, Manitou (Gehl), Volvo and Kubota Doosan (Bobcat), Caterpillar, CNH, John Deere, Takeuchi, Volvo and Manitou (Gehl) Tunneling Equipment Caterpillar and Liebherr Asphalt Pavers and Transfer Devices Asphalt Plants Cold Planers Concrete Production Plants Concrete Pavers Concrete Placers Volvo (Blaw-Knox), Fayat (Bomag), Caterpillar, Wirtgen (Ciber and Vogele), Atlas Copco (Dynapac), and Astec (Roadtec) Astec Industries, Gencor Corporation, All-Mix, Ciber and ADM Fayat (Bomag), Caterpillar, Atlas Copco (Dynapac), Wirtgen and Astec Industries (Roadtec) Con-E-Co, Astec Industries, Erie Strayer, Helco, Hagen and Stephens Gomaco, Wirtgen, Power Curbers and Guntert & Zimmerman Gomaco, Wirtgen and Guntert & Zimmerman 19 BUSINESS SEGMENT PRODUCTS PRIMARY COMPETITORS Concrete Mixers Landfill Compactors Reclaimers/Stabilizers Cranes Mobile Telescopic Cranes Tower Cranes Lattice Boom Crawler Cranes Oshkosh, London and Continental Manufacturing Al-Jon, Fayat (Bomag) and Caterpillar Caterpillar, Astec Industries (Roadtec), Wirtgen and Fayat (Bomag) Liebherr, Manitowoc (Grove), Tadano-Faun, Sumitomo (Link-Belt), XCMG, Kato, Zoomlion and Sany Liebherr, Manitowoc (Potain), Comansa, Zoomlion, Sany, XCMG and Wolffkran Manitowoc, Sumitomo (Link-Belt), Liebherr, Hitachi, Kobelco, XCMG, Zoomlion, Fushun and Sany Lattice Boom Truck Cranes Liebherr Truck-Mounted Cranes Manitowoc (National Crane), Altec and Manitex Reach Stackers Cargotec (Kalmar), Hyster, Konecranes (SMV), Taylor, Dalian, CVS Ferrari and Liebherr Straddle Carriers Cargotec (Kalmar), CVS Ferrari and Konecranes Rubber Tired and Rail Mounted Gantry Cranes Ship-to-Shore Gantry Cranes Zhenua Port Machinery, Liebherr, Konecranes, Cargotec (Kalmar), Doosan, Hyundai and Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Zhenua Port Machinery, Liebherr, Konecranes, Cargotec (Kalmar), Samsung, Doosan, Hyundai, and Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Empty Container Handlers, Full Container Handlers and General Cargo Lift Trucks Cargotec (Kalmar), Hyster, Linde, CVS Ferrari, Konecranes (SMV), Svetruck and Sany Material Handling & Port Solutions Industrial Cranes Konecranes, Columbus McKinnon, ABUS, Kito, GH, OMIS and WEIHUA Port Equipment and Technology Liebherr, Konecranes, Cargotec, ZPMC and Künz Materials Processing Crushing Equipment Metso, Astec Kleemann Industries, Sandvik, Komatsu and Screening Equipment Metso, Astec Industries and Sandvik Chippers Vermeer, Bandit and Morbark MAJOR CUSTOMERS None of our customers accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated sales in 2011. In 2011, our largest customer accounted for less than 4% of our net sales and our top ten customers in the aggregate accounted for less than 14% of our net sales. EMPLOYEES As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 22,600 employees, including approximately 5,600 employees in the U.S. Approximately 4% of our employees in the U.S. are represented by labor unions. Outside of the U.S., we enter into employment contracts and collective agreements in those countries in which such relationships are mandatory or customary. The provisions of these agreements correspond in each case with the required or customary terms in the subject jurisdiction. We generally consider our relations with our employees to be good. PATENTS, LICENSES AND TRADEMARKS We use proprietary materials such as patents, trademarks, trade secrets and trade names in our operations and take actions to protect these rights. 20 We use several significant trademarks and trade names, most notably the Terex®, Genie®, Demag® and Powerscreen® trademarks. The other trademarks and trade names that we use include registered trademarks of Terex Corporation or its subsidiaries. The Demag® trademark is a registered trademark of Siemens AG which is licensed to certain Terex subsidiaries for certain products. We have many patents that we use in connection with our operations, and most of our products contain some proprietary technology. Many of these patents and related proprietary technology are important to the production of particular products; however, overall, our patents, taken together, are not material to our business or our financial results, nor do they provide us with a competitive advantage over our competitors. We protect our proprietary rights through registration, agreements and litigation to the extent we deem appropriate. We own and maintain trademark registrations and patents in countries where we conduct business, and monitor the status of our trademark registrations and patents to maintain them in force and renew them as appropriate. The duration of active registrations varies based upon the relevant statutes in the applicable jurisdiction. We also take further actions to protect our proprietary rights when circumstances warrant, including the initiation of legal proceedings, if necessary. Currently, we are engaged in various legal proceedings with respect to intellectual property rights. While the final outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our business or operating performance. For more detail, see “Item 3 - Legal Proceedings.” SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS As part of The Terex Way, we are committed to providing a safe and healthy environment for our team members, and strive to provide quality products that are safe to use and operate in an environmentally conscious and respectful manner. We generate hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in the normal course of our manufacturing operations. As a result, we are subject to a wide range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. All of our employees are required to obey all applicable health, safety and environmental laws and regulations and must observe the proper safety rules and environmental practices in work situations. These laws and regulations govern actions that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, and require compliance with certain practices when handling and disposing of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. These laws and regulations would also impose liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up sites, past spills, disposals and other releases of hazardous substances, should any of such events occur. We are committed to complying with these standards and monitoring our workplaces to determine if equipment, machinery and facilities meet specified safety standards. Each of our facilities is subject to an environmental audit at least once every three years to monitor compliance and no incidents have occurred which required us to pay material amounts to comply with such laws and regulations. We are dedicated to seeing that safety and health hazards are adequately addressed through appropriate work practices, training and procedures. For example, we have significantly reduced lost time injuries in the workplace since 2007 and we continue to work toward a world-class level of safety practices in our industry. We are dedicated to product safety when designing and manufacturing our equipment. Our equipment is designed to meet all applicable laws, regulations and industry standards for use in their markets. We continually incorporate safety improvements in our products. We maintain an internal product safety team that is dedicated to improving safety and investigating and resolving any product safety issues that may arise. The use and operation of our equipment in an environmentally conscious manner is an important priority for Terex. We are aware of the global discussions regarding climate change and the impact of greenhouse gas emissions on global warming. We are increasing our production of products that have lower greenhouse gas emissions in response to both regulatory initiatives and anticipated market demand trends. For example, starting in 2010, one of our most significant design priorities was inclusion of Tier 4 emission compliant diesel engines in our machinery. This continued to be a priority in 2011 and will be a major emphasis of our product development programs through 2015 as we move through the engine-horsepower dependent phase-in of Tier 4 regulations across our various diesel-engine equipped products. We manufacture a utility truck that uses plug-in electric hybrid technology to save fuel, reduce emissions and reduce noise in residential areas. Similarly, our MHPS segment offers hybrid drive diesel-hydraulic and diesel-electric systems on certain of its port equipment products. Increasing laws and regulations dealing with the environmental aspects of the products we manufacture can result in significant expenditures in designing and manufacturing new forms of equipment that satisfy such new laws and regulations. Compliance with laws and regulations regarding safety and the environment has required, and will continue to require, us to make expenditures. We currently do not expect that these expenditures will have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. 21 FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT INDUSTRY SEGMENTS, GEOGRAPHIC AREAS AND EXPORT SALES Information regarding foreign and domestic operations, export sales and segment information is included in Note B - “Business Segment Information” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SEASONAL FACTORS Over the past several years, our business has become less seasonal. As we have grown, diversified our product offerings and expanded the geographic reach of our products, our sales have become less dependent on construction products and sales in the United States and Europe. As we enter 2012, we expect the overall economic environment will be more of a factor on our sales than historical seasonal trends. WORKING CAPITAL Our businesses are working capital intensive and require funding for purchases of production and replacement parts inventories, capital expenditures for repair, replacement and upgrading of existing facilities, as well as financing receivables from customers and dealers. We have debt service requirements, including semi-annual interest payments on our outstanding notes and quarterly interest payments on our bank credit facility. We believe cash generated from operations, together with availability under our bank credit facility and cash on hand, provide us with adequate liquidity to meet our operating and debt service requirements. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” for a detailed description of the risks resulting from our debt and our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to operate our business. We will continue to pursue cash generation opportunities, including reducing costs and working capital, reviewing alternatives for under-utilized assets, and selectively investing in our businesses to promote growth opportunities. AVAILABLE INFORMATION We maintain a website at www.terex.com. We make available on our website under “About Terex” - “Investor Relations” - “SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such material with the SEC. In addition, we make available on our website under “About Terex” - “Investor Relations” - “Corporate Governance,” free of charge, our Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Corporate Responsibility and Strategy Committee Charter, Governance and Nominating Committee Charter, Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Ethics and Conduct. In addition, the foregoing information is available in print, without charge, to any stockholder who requests these materials from us. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS You should carefully consider the following risks, together with the cautionary statement under the caption “Forward-Looking Information” above and the other information included in this report. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that are currently unknown to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impair our business or adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be adversely affected. Our business is affected by the cyclical nature of the markets we serve. Demand for our products tends to be cyclical and is impacted by the general strength of the economies in which we sell our products, prevailing interest rates, residential and non-residential construction spending, the capital expenditure allocations of our customers and other factors. The global economy has continued to experience uneven recovery and significant financial uncertainty. We cannot provide any assurance that the global economic weakness of the past several years will not continue or become more severe. If the global economy weakens it may cause customers to continue to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of reducing their existing fleets or refurbishing or repairing existing machinery. As a result of the debt crisis with respect to countries in Europe, in particular most recently in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility and the European Financial Stability Mechanism to provide funding to countries using the euro as their currency that are in financial difficulty and seek such support. Concerns over the effect of this financial crisis on financial institutions in Europe and globally could have an adverse impact on the capital markets generally, and more specifically on our ability and our customers, suppliers and lenders to finance their respective businesses, to access liquidity at acceptable financing costs, if at all, on the availability of supplies and materials and on the demand for our products. 22 Our sales depend in part upon our customers’ replacement or repair cycles. If our customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us. If the global economic weakness of the past several years continues or becomes more severe, or if any economic recovery progresses more slowly than our or market expectations, then there could be an adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flow and could result in the need for us to record inventory impairments. We may face limitations on our ability to integrate acquired businesses, including the recent acquisition of Demag Cranes AG. From time to time, we engage in strategic transactions involving risks, including the possible failure to successfully integrate and realize the expected benefits of such transactions. We have consummated many acquisitions in the past and anticipate making additional acquisitions in the future. On August 16, 2011, we paid approximately $1.1 billion to acquire approximately 81% of the outstanding shares of Demag Cranes AG, bringing our ownership total to approximately 82%. Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the purchase, including the expected combination benefits, will depend, to a large extent, on our ability to integrate the businesses of both companies. Any meaningful integration of the companies will be unlikely until a Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement is put in place or we acquire the remaining shares of Demag Cranes AG, which will not happen until later in 2012 at the earliest. The management of both companies will be required to devote significant attention and resources to the integration process, which may disrupt the business of either or both of the companies and, if implemented ineffectively, could preclude realization of the full benefits we expect. The risks associated with the Demag Cranes AG acquisition and our other past or future acquisitions include: • • the business culture of the acquired business may not match well with our culture; technological and product synergies, economies of scale and cost reductions may not occur as expected; • we may acquire or assume unexpected liabilities; • • faulty assumptions may be made regarding the integration process; unforeseen difficulties may arise in integrating operations and systems; • we may fail to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; • higher than expected finance costs may arise due to unforeseen changes in tax, trade, environmental, labor, safety, payroll or pension policies in any jurisdiction in which the acquired business conducts its operations; and • we may experience problems in retaining customers and integrating customer bases. The successful integration of any previously acquired or newly acquired business also requires us to implement effective internal control processes in these acquired businesses. While we believe we have successfully integrated acquisitions to date, we cannot ensure that previously acquired or newly acquired companies will operate profitably, that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized and that we will not encounter difficulties in implementing effective internal control processes in these acquired businesses, particularly when the acquired business operates in foreign jurisdictions and/or was privately owned. See the risk factor entitled “We must comply with an injunction and related obligations resulting from the settlement of an SEC investigation” for additional consequences if we were to commit a violation of the reporting and internal control provisions of the federal securities laws. In addition, to the extent that we are seeking acquisitions in machinery and industrial businesses that are significantly different from our existing operations, there will be added risks and challenges for managing and integrating these businesses. Further, we may need to consolidate or restructure our acquired or existing facilities, which may require expenditures related to reductions in workforce and other charges resulting from the consolidations or restructurings, such as the write-down of inventory and lease termination costs. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Many of these factors will be outside of the combined company’s control and any one of them could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues and diversion of management’s time and energy. If we fail to implement our acquisition strategy, including successfully integrating acquired businesses, this could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 23 We have a significant amount of debt outstanding and must comply with restrictive covenants in our debt agreements. On August 5, 2011, we entered into a new credit agreement that provided for secured term loans of $460 million and €200 million and $500 million of revolving credit facilities. See Note M - “Long-Term Obligations” in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the new credit agreement. Our total long-term debt at December 31, 2011 was $2,300.4 million, which means that our borrowings under our new credit agreement represent significantly increased aggregate debt levels for us. Our credit agreement contains financial and restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to, among other things, borrow additional funds or take advantage of business opportunities. While we are currently in compliance with the financial covenants, increases in our debt or decreases in our earnings could cause us to fail to comply with these financial covenants. Our failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our indebtedness or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operation and debt service capability. Our increased level of debt and the financial and restrictive covenants contained in our credit agreement could have important consequences on our financial position and results of operations, including increasing our vulnerability to increases in interest rates because debt under our credit agreement bears interest at variable rates. We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations. Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control and our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities. Our ability to make payments on, and to refinance, our debt and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Lower sales, or uncollectible receivables, generally will reduce our cash flow. We cannot assure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. Our access to capital markets and borrowing capacity could be limited in certain circumstances. Our access to capital markets to raise funds through the sale of equity or debt securities is subject to various factors, including general economic and/or financial market conditions. Significant changes in market liquidity conditions could impact access to funding and associated funding costs, which could reduce our earnings and cash flows. If our consolidated cash flow coverage ratio is less than 2.0 to 1.0, we are subject to significant restrictions on the amount of indebtedness that we can incur. Although our cash flow coverage ratio was greater than 2.0 to 1.0 at the end of 2011, there can be no assurance that this will continue to occur. Our access to debt financing at competitive risk-based interest rates is partly a function of our credit ratings. A downgrade to our credit ratings could increase our interest rates, could limit our access to public debt markets, could limit the institutions willing to provide us credit facilities, and could make any future credit facilities or credit facility amendments more costly and/or difficult to obtain. 24 In addition, in the past several years a number of large financial institutions have either failed or relied on the assistance of sovereign governments to continue to operate as a going concern. Although we believe that the banks participating in our credit facility have adequate capital and resources, we can provide no assurance that all of these banks will continue to operate as a going concern in the future. If any of the banks in our lending group were to fail or be unwilling to renew our credit facility at or prior to its expiration, it is possible that the borrowing capacity under our current or any future credit facility would be reduced. If the availability under our credit facility was reduced significantly, we could be required to obtain capital from alternate sources to finance our capital needs. Our options for addressing such capital constraints would include, but not be limited to (i) obtaining commitments from the remaining banks in the lending group or from new banks to fund increased amounts under the terms of our credit facility, or (ii) accessing the public capital markets. If it becomes necessary to access additional capital, it is possible that any such alternatives in the current market could be on terms less favorable than under our existing credit facility terms, which could have a negative impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our business is sensitive to government spending. Many of our customers depend substantially on government funding of highway construction, maintenance and other infrastructure projects. In addition, we sell products to governments and government agencies in the U.S. and other nations. Any decrease or delay in government funding of highway construction and maintenance, other infrastructure projects and overall government spending could cause our revenues and profits to decrease. We operate in a highly competitive industry. Our industry is highly competitive. To compete successfully, our products must excel in terms of quality, reliability, productivity, price, features, ease of use, safety and comfort, and we must also provide excellent customer service. The greater financial resources of certain of our competitors may put us at a competitive disadvantage. Low-cost competition from China and other developing markets could also result in decreased demand for our products. If competition in our industry intensifies or if our current competitors lower their prices for competing products, we may lose sales or be required to lower the prices we charge for our products. If we are unable to provide continued technological improvements in our equipment that meet our customers’ expectations, or the industry’s expectations, the demand for our equipment could be substantially adversely affected. Our ability to match new product offerings to diverse global customers’ anticipated preferences for different types and sizes of equipment and various equipment features and functionality, at affordable prices, is critical to our success. This requires a thorough understanding of our existing and potential customers on a global basis, particularly in potential high growth markets, including Brazil, China and India. Failure to compete effectively with our competitors could result in lower revenues from our products and services, lower gross margins or cause us to lose market share. We have suffered losses from operations in the past and may suffer further losses from operations. Terex had a loss from operations of $401.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a loss from operations of $73.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Although we have taken substantial steps to improve our operating performance and generated income from operations of $81.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, there can be no assurances that we will be profitable in the 2012 fiscal year or in any future years. If we are unable to generate sufficient revenues to remain profitable, this can have a number of negative impacts on the Company. For example, sustained operating losses may impact our compliance with our covenants under our bank credit facility and the indentures for our various outstanding debt securities. In addition, sustained operating losses may require us to record valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, goodwill impairments in some of our reporting units or impair the value of some of our long-lived assets. We rely on key management. We rely on the management and leadership skills of our senior management team, particularly Ronald M. DeFeo, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. DeFeo has been with us since 1992, serving as Chief Executive Officer since 1995 and Chairman since 1998, guiding the transformation of Terex during that time. We have an employment agreement with Mr. DeFeo, which expires on December 31, 2012. We could be harmed by the loss of any of our senior executives or other key personnel in the future. 25 Some of our customers rely on financing with third parties to purchase our products. We rely on sales of our products to generate cash from operations. Significant portions of our sales are financed by third party finance companies on behalf of our customers. The availability of financing by third parties is affected by general economic conditions, the credit worthiness of our customers and the estimated residual value of our equipment. Deterioration in the credit quality of our customers or the estimated residual value of our equipment could negatively impact the ability of our customers to obtain the resources they need to purchase our equipment. Given the current economic conditions, there can be no assurance that third party finance companies will continue to extend credit to our customers. Due to the ongoing uncertainty in certain global economies, some of our customers have been unable to obtain the credit they need to buy our equipment. As a result, some of our customers may need to cancel existing orders. Given the lack of liquidity, our customers may be compelled to sell their equipment at less than fair value to raise cash, which could have a negative impact on residual values of our equipment. These economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and on our financial condition and operating results. We provide financing and credit support for some of our customers. We assist customers in their rental, leasing and acquisition of our products through TFS. We provide financing for some of our customers, primarily in the U.S. to acquire and use our equipment through loans, sales-type leases, and operating leases. TFS enters into these financing agreements with the intent either to hold the financing until maturity or to sell the financing to a third party within a short time period. Until such financing obligations are satisfied through either customer payments or a third party sale, we retain the risks associated with such customer financing. Our results could be adversely affected if such customers default on their contractual obligations to us or if the residual values of such equipment on these transactions decline below the original estimated values. As described above, our customers, from time to time, may fund the acquisition of our equipment through third-party finance companies. In certain instances, we may provide credit guarantees, residual value guarantees or buyback guarantees. With these guarantees we must assess the probability of losses or non-performance in ways similar to the evaluation of accounts receivable, including consideration of a customer’s payment history, leverage, availability of third party financing, political and exchange risks, and other factors. Many of these factors, including the assessment of a customer’s ability to pay, are influenced by economic and market factors that cannot be predicted with certainty. In circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded to recognize a liability for a guarantee we expect to pay, taking into account any amounts that we would anticipate realizing if we are forced to repossess the equipment that supports the customer’s financial obligations to us. During periods of economic weakness, the collateral underlying our guarantees of indebtedness of customers or receivables can decline sharply, thereby increasing our exposure to losses. In the future, we may incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate further or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting our customers’ financial obligations is not realized. To date, losses related to guarantees have been negligible, however there can be no assurance that our historical experience with respect to guarantees will be indicative of future results. We may experience losses in excess of our recorded reserves for trade receivables. As of December 31, 2011, we had trade receivables of $1,178.1 million. We evaluate the collectibility of open accounts, finance receivables and notes receivable based on a combination of factors and establish reserves based on our estimates of probable losses. In circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we expect to collect. We also establish additional reserves based upon our perception of the quality of the current receivables, the current financial position of our customers and past collections experience. Continued economic uncertainty could result in additional requirements for specific reserves, which could have a negative impact on our consolidated financial position. 26 An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets could negatively affect our operating results. We have a substantial amount of goodwill and purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. The carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets represents the fair value of trademarks and trade names as of the acquisition date. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that we expect to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows, but instead we evaluate these assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if potential interim indicators exist that could result in impairment. In testing for impairment, if we believe, as a result of a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test is required. In the two-step goodwill impairment test, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its current fair value as determined based on the discounted future cash flows of the reporting unit and market comparable sales and earnings multiples, the goodwill or intangible asset is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value via a non-cash charge to earnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment include a prolonged period of global economic weakness and tight credit markets, further decline in economic conditions or a slow, weak economic recovery, as well as sustained declines in the price of our common stock, adverse changes in interest rates, or other factors leading to reductions in the long-term sales or profitability that we expect. Determination of the fair value of a reporting unit includes developing estimates which are highly subjective and incorporate calculations that are sensitive to minor changes in underlying assumptions. Management’s assumptions change as more information becomes available. Changes in these assumptions could result in an impairment charge in the future, which could have a significant adverse impact on our reported earnings. We are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price increases. We obtain materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers. In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from multiple suppliers. However, certain of our businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative suppliers of such materials are generally available. Delays in our suppliers’ abilities, especially any sole suppliers for a particular business, to provide us with necessary materials and components may delay production at a number of our manufacturing locations, or may require us to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from a number of factors affecting our suppliers, including capacity constraints, labor disputes, suppliers’ impaired financial condition, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, weather emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Any delay in receiving supplies could impair our ability to deliver products to our customers and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Principal materials and components used in our various manufacturing processes include steel, castings, engines, tires, hydraulics, cylinders, drive trains, electric controls and motors, and a variety of other commodities and fabricated or manufactured items. Extreme movements in the cost of these materials and components may affect our financial performance. If we are not able to recover increased raw material or component costs from our customers, our margins could be adversely affected. In addition, we purchase material and services from our suppliers on terms extended based on our overall credit rating. Deterioration in our credit rating may impact suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and in turn increase the cash requirements of our business. We are subject to currency fluctuations. Our products are sold in over 100 countries around the world. The reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements is the U.S. dollar. Certain of our assets, liabilities, expenses, revenues and earnings are denominated in other countries’ currencies, including the euro and British pound sterling. Those assets, liabilities, expenses, revenues and earnings are translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates to prepare our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, increases or decreases in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and those other currencies affect the value of those items as reflected in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value remains unchanged in their original currency. To reduce this currency exchange risk, we may buy protecting or offsetting positions (known as “hedges”) in certain currencies to reduce the risk of an adverse currency exchange movement. We have not engaged in any speculative hedging activities. Although we partially hedge our revenues and costs, currency fluctuations may impact our financial performance in the future. 27 We are exposed to political, economic and other risks that arise from operating a multinational business. Our operations are subject to a number of potential risks. Such risks principally include: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • trade protection measures and currency exchange controls; labor unrest; regional economic conditions; political instability; terrorist activities and the U.S. and international response thereto; restrictions on the transfer of funds into or out of a country; export duties and quotas; domestic and foreign customs and tariffs; current and changing regulatory environments; difficulties protecting our intellectual property; transportation delays and interruptions; costs and difficulties in integrating, staffing and managing international operations, especially in developing markets such as China, India, Brazil, Russia and the Middle East; difficulty in obtaining distribution support; and current and changing tax laws. In addition, many of the nations in which we operate have developing legal and economic systems adding greater uncertainty to our operations in those countries than would be expected in North America and Western Europe. These factors may have an adverse effect on our international operations in the future. We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practice Act (“FCPA”) and other laws that prohibit engaging in corruption for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our global activities and distribution model are subject to the risk of corruption by our employees and in addition, our sales agents, distributors and other third parties that transact Terex business, because these parties are not always subject to our control. We have an internal policy that expressly prohibits engaging in any commercial bribery and public corruption, including facilitation payments. We conduct corruption risk assessments, we have implemented training programs for our employees with respect to the Company’s prohibition against public corruption and commercial bribery and we perform reputational due diligence on certain third parties that transact Terex business. In addition, in certain jurisdictions, we conduct transaction testing to assess compliance with our internal anti-corruption policy and procedures. However, we cannot assure you that our policies, procedures and programs always will protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. In the event that we believe or have reason to believe that our employees, agents, distributors or other third parties that transact Terex business have or may have violated applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, we investigate or have outside counsel investigate the relevant facts and circumstances. Any violations of the FCPA or other anti-corruption laws could result in significant fines, criminal sanctions against us or our employees, prohibitions on the conduct of our business, including our business with the U.S. government, and a violation of our injunction or cease and desist order with the SEC. See Risk Factor entitled, “We must comply with an injunction and related obligations resulting from the settlement of an SEC investigation.” We continue to increase our presence in developing markets such as China, India, Brazil, Russia and the Middle East. Increasing these efforts will require us to hire, train and retain qualified personnel in countries where language, cultural or regulatory barriers may exist. Any significant difficulties in continuing to expand our operations in developing markets may divert management’s attention from our existing operations and require a greater level of resources than we plan to commit. Expansion into developing markets may require modification of products to meet local requirements or preferences. Modification to the design of our products to meet local requirements and preferences may take longer or be more costly than we anticipate and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve international sales growth. A material disruption to one of our significant manufacturing plants could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue. We produce most of our machines and aftermarket parts for each product type at one manufacturing facility. If operations at a significant facility were to be disrupted as a result of equipment failures, natural disasters, work stoppages, power outages or other reasons, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected. Interruptions in production could increase costs and delay delivery of units in production. Production capacity limits could cause us to reduce or delay sales efforts until production capacity is available. 28 We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor matters. As of December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 22,600 people worldwide. While we have no reason to believe that we will be impacted by work stoppages or other labor matters, we cannot assure that future issues with our team members or labor unions will be resolved favorably or that we will not encounter future strikes, further unionization efforts or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our team members. Any of these factors may have an adverse effect on us or may limit our flexibility in dealing with our workforce. Compliance with environmental regulations could be costly and require us to make significant expenditures. We generate hazardous and nonhazardous wastes in the normal course of our manufacturing operations. As a result, we are subject to a wide range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern actions that may have adverse environmental effects and require compliance with certain practices when handling and disposing of hazardous and nonhazardous wastes. These laws and regulations also impose liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up sites, past spills, disposals and other releases of hazardous substances, should any of such events occur. No such incidents have occurred which required us to pay material amounts to comply with such laws and regulations. In addition, increasing laws and regulations dealing with the environmental aspects of the products we manufacture can result in significant expenditures in designing and manufacturing new forms of equipment that satisfy such new laws and regulations. In particular, climate change is receiving increasing attention worldwide. Many scientists, legislators and others attribute climate change to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. While additional regulation of emissions in the future appears likely, it is too early to predict how this regulation will ultimately affect our business, operations or financial results, although government policies limiting greenhouse gas emissions of our products will likely require increased compliance expenditures on our part. We are also continuing the transition to Tier 4 power systems. While plans are in place to comply with the phase-in of Tier 4 regulations, we are dependent on our engine suppliers to continue to timely deliver. A failure to timely receive appropriate engines from our suppliers could result in our being placed in uncompetitive positions or without finished product when needed. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations has required, and will continue to require, us to make expenditures, however we do not expect these expenditures to have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. We face litigation and product liability claims, class action lawsuits and other liabilities. In our lines of business, numerous suits have been filed alleging damages for accidents that have occurred during the use or operation of our products. We are also engaged as a defendant in various legal proceedings with respect to intellectual property rights, including our legal proceeding involving Metso Minerals Inc. (“Metso”). For more detail, see “Item 3 - Legal Proceedings.” We are self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well as for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage is obtained for catastrophic losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. We do not believe that the outcome of such matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position; however, any significant liabilities not covered by insurance could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. We are the subject of a securities class action lawsuit, an Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) class action lawsuit and a stockholder derivative lawsuit. These lawsuits generally cover the time period from February 2008 to February 2009 and allege, among other things, that certain of our SEC filings and other public statements contained false and misleading statements which resulted in damages to the plaintiffs and the members of the purported class when they purchased our securities and that there were breaches of fiduciary duties and of disclosure requirements under ERISA. We believe that the allegations in the suits are completely without merit, and Terex, its directors and the named executives will vigorously defend against them. We believe that we have acted, and continue to act, in compliance with federal securities laws and ERISA law with respect to these matters. However, the outcome of the lawsuits cannot be predicted and, if determined adversely, could ultimately result in us incurring significant liabilities. 29 We must comply with an injunction and related obligations resulting from the settlement of an SEC investigation. In August 2009, a final court decree formalized the settlement that was entered into to resolve the previously disclosed SEC investigation of Terex related mainly to (1) certain transactions between us and United Rentals, Inc. that took place in 2000 and 2001, and one transaction between United Rentals, Inc. and one of our subsidiaries that took place in 2001 before that subsidiary was acquired by Terex, and (2) the circumstances of the restatement of certain of our financial statements for the years 2000-2004. The settlement resolved all matters relating to the potential liability of Terex, but did not address our current or former employees. Under the terms of the settlement, we paid a civil penalty of $8 million in August 2009 and we consented, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, to the entry of a judgment which enjoins us from committing or aiding and abetting any future violations of the anti-fraud, books and records, reporting and internal control provisions of the federal securities laws and related SEC rules. We and our directors, officers and employees are required to comply at all times with the terms of this injunction. In addition, in 1999 regarding a separate and unrelated SEC investigation, we consented to the entry of an administrative cease and desist order prohibiting future violations of certain provisions of the federal securities laws. As a result, if we commit or aid or abet any future violations of the anti-fraud, books and records, reporting and internal control provisions of the federal securities laws and related SEC rules, we are likely to suffer severe penalties, financial and otherwise, that could have a material negative impact on our business and results of operations. Further, as a result of the settlement and final court decree in August 2009, for a period of three years, or such earlier time as we are able to obtain a waiver from the SEC, (i) we are no longer qualified as a “well known seasoned issuer” (“WKSI”) as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, and cannot take advantage of the benefits available to a WKSI, (ii) we cannot rely on the safe harbor provisions regarding forward-looking statements provided by the regulations issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (iii) we cannot utilize Regulation A or D. We are in the process of implementing a global enterprise system. We are implementing a global enterprise resource planning system to replace many of our existing operating and financial systems. Such an implementation is a major undertaking, both financially and from a management and personnel perspective. Should the system not be implemented successfully, or if the system does not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could disrupt and might adversely affect our operations and results of operations, including our ability to report accurate and timely financial results. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS Not applicable. 30 ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The following table outlines the principal manufacturing, warehouse, service and office facilities owned or leased (as indicated below) by the Company and its subsidiaries: BUSINESS UNIT FACILITY LOCATION TYPE AND APPROXIMATE SIZE OF FACILITY Terex (Corporate Offices) Westport, Connecticut (1) Aerial Work Platforms Redmond, Washington (1) Moses Lake, Washington (1) North Bend, Washington (1) Rock Hill, South Carolina Umbertide, Italy Darra, Australia (1) Watertown, South Dakota Huron, South Dakota Changzhou, China Betim, Brazil (1) Construction Motherwell, Scotland (1) Bad Schoenborn, Germany Grand Rapids, Minnesota Coventry, England (1) Langenburg, Germany Gerabronn, Germany Rothenburg, Germany (2) Crailsheim, Germany Southaven, Mississippi (1) Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh, India (1) Cachoeirinha, Brazil Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Canton, South Dakota 31 Office 167,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 750,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 422,000 sq. ft. Manufacturing and warehouse 192,000 sq. ft Office, manufacturing and warehouse 168,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 114,000 sq. ft. Warehouse 56,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 250,000 sq. ft. Office and manufacturing 88,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 312,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 286,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 473,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 238,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 199,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 326,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 102,000 sq. ft. Office and manufacturing 147,000 sq. ft. Office and warehouse 97,000 sq. ft. Office and manufacturing 185,000 sq. ft. Office and warehouse 505,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 155,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 78,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 620,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 79,000 sq. ft. BUSINESS UNIT FACILITY LOCATION Fort Wayne, Indiana Cranes Crespellano, Italy Montceau-les-Mines, France Waverly, Iowa Brisbane, Australia (1) Fontanafredda, Italy Zweibruecken-Dinglerstrasse, Germany Zweibruecken-Wallerscheid, Germany (1) Bierbach, Germany (1) Pecs, Hungary (1) Luzhou, China Jinan, China Long Crendon, England Lentigione, Italy Würzburg, Germany Xiamen, China Material Handling & Port Solutions Wetter an der Ruhr, Germany Düsseldorf, Germany Uslar, Germany Luisenthal, Germany Sydney, Australia Cotia, Brazil Shanghai, China (1) Banbury, England (1) Milan, Italy (1) Madrid, Spain (1) 32 TYPE AND APPROXIMATE SIZE OF FACILITY Office, manufacturing and warehouse 178,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 66,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 418,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 312,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 66,200 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 118,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 483,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 336,000 sq. ft. Warehouse and manufacturing 198,000 sq. ft. Office and manufacturing 82,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 1,100,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 416,000 sq. ft. Office and warehouse 140,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 323,000 sq. ft Office, manufacturing and warehouse 323,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 538,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 722,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 640,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 143,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 129,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 61,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 212,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 164,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 86,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 126,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 94,000 sq. ft. BUSINESS UNIT FACILITY LOCATION Boksburg, South Africa Slany, Czech Republic Solon, Ohio Chakan, India (1) Salzburg, Austria Dietlikon, Switzerland Materials Processing Subang Jaya, Malaysia (1) Hosur, India Durand, Michigan Omagh, Northern Ireland (1) Dungannon, Northern Ireland (1) Coalville, England Quanzhou, China Farwell, Michigan (1) TYPE AND APPROXIMATE SIZE OF FACILITY Office, manufacturing and warehouse 478,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 216,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 157,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 132,000 sq. ft. Office and service 52,000 sq. ft Office and service 45,000 sq. ft Manufacturing and warehouse 111,000 sq. ft. Manufacturing 215,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 114,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 153,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 330,000 sq. ft. Office, manufacturing and warehouse 119,000 sq. ft. Office and manufacturing 19,000 sq. ft. Office and manufacturing 48,000 sq. ft (1) (2) These facilities are either leased or subleased. Includes approximately 54,000 sq. ft., which are leased. We also have numerous owned or leased locations for new machine and parts sales and distribution and rebuilding of components located worldwide. Our Terex Utilities distribution network has sales locations throughout the southern and western United States. We believe that the properties listed above are suitable and adequate for our use. We have determined that certain of our other properties exceed our requirements. Such properties may be sold, leased or utilized in another manner and have been excluded from the above list. We are actively marketing some of these properties for sale. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS General As described in Note Q - “Litigation and Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability, general liability, workers' compensation liability, employment, commercial and intellectual property litigation, which have arisen in the normal course of operations. We are insured for product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property damage and other insurable risk required by law or contract with retained liability to us or deductibles. We believe that the outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. ERISA, Securities and Stockholder Derivative Lawsuits We have received complaints seeking certification of class action lawsuits in an ERISA lawsuit, a securities lawsuit and a stockholder derivative lawsuit as follows: • A consolidated complaint in the ERISA lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court, District of Connecticut on September 20, 2010 and is entitled In Re Terex Corp. ERISA Litigation. 33 • A consolidated class action complaint for violations of securities laws in the securities lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court, District of Connecticut on November 18, 2010 and is entitled Sheet Metal Workers Local 32 Pension Fund and Ironworkers St. Louis Council Pension Fund, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Terex Corporation, et al. • A stockholder derivative complaint for violation of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets and unjust enrichment was filed on April 12, 2010 in the United States District Court, District of Connecticut and is entitled Peter Derrer, derivatively on behalf of Terex Corporation v. Ronald M. DeFeo, Phillip C. Widman, Thomas J. Riordan, G. Chris Andersen, Donald P. Jacobs, David A. Sachs, William H. Fike, Donald DeFosset, Helge H. Wehmeier, Paula H.J. Cholmondeley, Oren G. Shaffer, Thomas J. Hansen, and David C. Wang, and Terex Corporation. These lawsuits generally cover the period from February 2008 to February 2009 and allege, among other things, that certain of our SEC filings and other public statements contained false and misleading statements which resulted in damages to the Company, the plaintiffs and the members of the purported class when they purchased our securities and in the ERISA lawsuit and the stockholder derivative complaint, that there were breaches of fiduciary duties and of ERISA disclosure requirements. The stockholder derivative complaint also alleges waste of corporate assets relating to the repurchase of our shares in the market and unjust enrichment as a result of securities sales by certain officers and directors. The complaints all seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses. As a result, we are unable to estimate a loss or a range of losses for these lawsuits. The stockholder derivative complaint also seeks amendments to our corporate governance procedures in addition to unspecified compensatory damages from the individual defendants. We believe that the allegations in the suits are without merit, and Terex, its directors and the named executives will continue to vigorously defend against them. We believe that we have acted, and continue to act, in compliance with federal securities laws and ERISA law with respect to these matters. Accordingly, on November 19, 2010 we filed a motion to dismiss the ERISA lawsuit and on January 18, 2011 we filed a motion to dismiss the securities lawsuit. These motions are currently pending before the court. The plaintiff in the stockholder derivative lawsuit has agreed with us to put this lawsuit on hold pending the outcome of the motion to dismiss in connection with the securities lawsuit. Post-Closing Dispute with Bucyrus We are involved in a dispute with Bucyrus regarding the calculation of the value of the net assets of the Mining business. Bucyrus has provided us with their calculation of the net asset value of the Mining business, which seeks a payment of approximately $149 million from us to Bucyrus. We believe that the Bucyrus calculation of the net asset value is incorrect and not in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement. We have objected to Bucyrus’ calculation and have provided Bucyrus with our own calculation of the net asset value, which does not require any payment from us to Bucyrus. We initiated a court proceeding on October 29, 2010 in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, to enforce and protect our rights under the definitive agreement for the Mining business sale. The process for calculating the value of the net assets of the Mining business is pending the final adjudication of this court proceeding. We believe our calculation of the net asset value, which does not require any payment from us to Bucyrus, is correct. Therefore, we have not included the effects of the Bucyrus claim in the determination of the gain recognized in connection with the sale. While we believe Bucyrus’ position is without merit and we are vigorously opposing it, no assurance can be given as to the final resolution of this dispute or that we will not ultimately be required to make a substantial payment to Bucyrus. Powerscreen Patent Infringement Lawsuit On December 6, 2010, we received an adverse jury verdict in the amount of $15.8 million in a patent infringement lawsuit brought against Powerscreen International Distribution Limited (“Powerscreen”) and Terex by Metso in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The lawsuit involved a claim by Metso that the folding side conveyor of certain Powerscreen screening plants violated a patent held by Metso in the United States. Following the verdict, Metso sought additional relief, including, additional damages, attorney’s fees, interest and trebling of all such amounts. On December 9, 2011, a judgment in support of the jury verdict was issued and Metso was awarded certain additional damages, interest and doubling of all such amounts. The Court has yet to calculate the final amount of monetary damages. The Court also issued an injunction preventing marketing or selling of certain models of Powerscreen mobile screening plants with the alleged infringing folding side conveyor design in the United States. These models have been updated with Powerscreen’s new proprietary S range of conveyors. Thus, the judgment and injunction do not affect the continued sale or use of any current model of Powerscreen mobile screening plants. 34 We do not agree that the accused Powerscreen mobile screening plants or their folding conveyor infringe the subject patent held by Metso. These types of patent cases are complex and we strongly believe that the verdict is contrary to both the law and the facts. We have appealed the verdict and believe that we will ultimately prevail on appeal. We do not expect this judgment will have a material impact on our consolidated business or overall operating results. However, the outcomes of lawsuits cannot be predicted and, if determined adversely, could ultimately result in us incurring significant liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. For information concerning other contingencies and uncertainties, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Contingencies and Uncertainties.” ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE Not applicable. PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES (a) Our common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”) is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “TEX.” The high and low quarterly stock prices for our Common Stock on the NYSE Composite Tape (for the last two completed years) are as follows: Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First 2011 2010 High Low $ $ 18.51 9.30 $ $ 29.87 10.21 $ $ 38.43 24.59 $ $ 38.50 28.19 $ $ 31.35 21.55 $ $ 23.13 16.79 $ $ 28.71 18.57 $ $ 23.89 17.32 No dividends were declared or paid in 2011 or 2010. Certain of our debt agreements contain restrictions as to the payment of cash dividends to stockholders. In addition, Delaware law limits payment of dividends. We intend generally to retain earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business, pay down debt or repurchase stock. We may consider paying dividends on the Common Stock at some point in the future, subject to the limitations described above. Any future payments of cash dividends will depend upon our financial condition, capital requirements and earnings, as well as other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant. As of February 24, 2012, there were 1,058 stockholders of record of our Common Stock. Performance Graph The following stock performance graph is intended to show our stock performance compared with that of comparable companies. The stock performance graph shows the change in market value of $100 invested in our Common Stock, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index, the New Peer Group (as defined below) and the Old Peer Group (as defined below) for the period commencing December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2011. The cumulative total stockholder return assumes dividends are reinvested. The stockholder return shown on the graph below is not indicative of future performance. The companies in the New Peer Group and Old Peer Group are weighted by market capitalization. We have revised our peer group to match the peer group that is used by our Compensation Committee in benchmarking our executive officer’s compensation. The New Peer Group consists of the following companies that are in our same industry, of comparable revenue size to us and/or other manufacturing companies: AGCO Corporation, Cameron International Corporation, Carlisle Companies Inc., Crane Company, Cummins Inc., Danaher Corporation, Dover Corporation, Eaton Corporation, Flowserve Corporation, FMC Technologies, Inc., Hubbell Inc., Illinois Tool Works Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Plc, Joy Global Inc., Lennox International Inc., The Manitowoc Company, Inc., Meritor Inc., Nacco Industries Inc., Navistar International Corporation, Oshkosh Corporation, Paccar Inc., Pall Corporation, Parker-Hannifin Corporation, Rockwell Automation, Inc., Roper Industries Inc., SPX Corporation, Textron Inc., Thomas & Betts Corporation and Timken Company. 35 The Old Peer Group, used in last year’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and also set forth below, consists of the following companies, which are in similar lines of business to Terex: Astec Industries, Inc., Caterpillar Inc., CNH Global N.V., Deere & Co., JLG Industries, Inc. (ended December 6, 2006 in last year’s Annual Report performance graph), Joy Global Inc., The Manitowoc Company, Inc. and Oshkosh Corporation (since December 7, 2006 in last year’s Annual Report performance graph) (the “Old Peer Group”). Terex Corporation S&P 500 Old Peer Group New Peer Group 12/06 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 12/07 101.53 105.49 149.66 133.53 12/08 26.82 66.46 68.34 67.64 12/09 30.68 84.05 99.69 102.18 12/10 48.06 96.71 161.97 147.01 12/11 20.92 98.75 150.76 131.46 Copyright© 2012 Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved. (www.researchdatagroup.com/S&P.htm) (b) Not applicable. (c) Not applicable. 36 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FIVE-YEAR SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following table summarizes our selected financial data and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. (in millions, except per share amounts and employees) SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS Net sales Goodwill impairment Income (loss) from operations Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders Per Common and Common Equivalent Share: Basic attributable to common stockholders Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders Diluted attributable to common stockholders Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders CURRENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES Current assets Current liabilities PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Net property, plant and equipment Capital expenditures Depreciation TOTAL ASSETS CAPITALIZATION AS OF OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 $ 6,504.6 $ 4,418.2 $ 3,858.4 $ 7,958.9 $ 7,568.5 — 81.2 34.1 5.8 0.8 45.2 0.35 0.05 0.01 0.41 0.35 0.05 0.01 0.41 $ $ — (73.8) (211.5) (15.3) 589.3 358.5 — (459.9) (401.7) (406.4) 21.7 (12.6) (398.4) 170.8 (74.7) 150.4 — 71.9 $ (1.98) $ (3.97) $ (0.80) $ (0.14) 5.42 3.30 0.21 (0.12) (3.88) 1.53 — 0.73 $ (1.98) $ (3.97) $ (0.80) $ (0.14) 5.42 3.30 0.21 (0.12) (3.88) 1.53 — 0.73 — 821.1 527.6 91.6 — 613.9 5.10 0.90 — 6.00 4.98 0.87 — 5.85 $ 4,013.5 $ 3,968.9 $ 3,914.6 $ 4,040.9 $ 4,776.9 1,891.7 1,674.2 1,554.7 1,824.6 2,175.3 $ 835.5 $ 573.5 $ 605.0 $ 408.4 $ 345.0 79.1 89.5 55.0 78.6 50.4 70.2 103.6 62.9 94.1 52.3 $ 7,050.7 $ 5,516.4 $ 5,713.8 $ 5,445.4 $ 6,316.3 Long-term debt and notes payable (includes capital leases) $ 2,300.4 $ 1,686.3 $ 1,966.4 $ 1,435.5 $ 1,351.2 Total Terex Corporation Stockholders’ Equity 1,906.4 2,083.2 1,650.2 1,721.7 2,343.2 Dividends per share of Common Stock Shares of Common Stock outstanding at year end EMPLOYEES — 108.8 — 108.1 — 107.3 — 94.0 — 100.3 22,600 16,300 15,000 16,500 17,600 See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of “Discontinued Operations,” “Acquisitions,” “Goodwill,” “Long-Term Obligations” and “Stockholders’ Equity.” 37 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BUSINESS DESCRIPTION Terex is a diversified global equipment manufacturer of a variety of capital goods machinery products. We are focused on delivering reliable, customer-driven solutions for a wide range of commercial applications, including the construction, infrastructure, quarrying, mining, manufacturing, shipping, transportation, refining, energy and utility industries. We operate in five reportable segments: (i) AWP; (ii) Construction; (iii) Cranes; (iv) MHPS; and (v) MP. Our AWP segment designs, manufactures, refurbishes, services and markets aerial work platform equipment, telehandlers, light towers, bridge inspection equipment and utility equipment, as well as their related replacement parts and components. Customers use these products to construct and maintain industrial, commercial and residential buildings and facilities, construct and maintain utility and telecommunication lines, trim trees in construction and foundation drilling applications and for other commercial operations, as well as in a wide range of infrastructure projects. Effective July 1, 2011, our bridge inspection equipment, which was formerly included in the Construction segment, is now included in the AWP segment. Our Construction segment designs, manufactures and markets heavy and compact construction equipment, as well as roadbuilding equipment, including asphalt and concrete equipment and landfill compactors, as well as their related replacement parts and components. Customers use these products in construction and infrastructure projects, in building roads and bridges, in quarrying and mining operations and for material handling applications. Our Cranes segment designs, manufactures, services and markets mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, lattice boom crawler cranes, lattice boom truck cranes, truck-mounted cranes (boom trucks) and specialized port and rail equipment, including straddle and sprinter carriers, gantry cranes, ship-to-shore cranes, reach stackers, empty container handlers, full container handlers and general cargo lift trucks and forklifts, as well as their related replacement parts and components. Our Cranes products are used primarily for construction, repair and maintenance of commercial buildings, manufacturing facilities and infrastructure and material handling at port and railway facilities. We acquired the port equipment businesses of Reggiane Cranes and Plants S.p.A. and Noell Crane Holding GmbH (collectively, “Terex Port Equipment” or the “Port Equipment Business”) on July 23, 2009. The results of the Port Equipment Business are included in the Cranes segment from its date of acquisition. Our MHPS segment designs, manufactures, refurbishes, services and markets industrial cranes, including standard cranes, process cranes, rope and chain hoists, electric motors, light crane systems and crane components and port equipment such as mobile harbor cranes, automated stacking cranes, automated guided vehicles as well as terminal automation technology, including software. The segment operates an extensive global sales and service network. Customers use these products for material handling at manufacturing and port facilities. This segment’s information is included from August 16, 2011, the date of acquisition of a majority interest in the shares of Demag Cranes AG. See Note I - “Acquisitions.” Our MP segment designs, manufactures and markets materials processing equipment, including crushers, washing systems, screens, apron feeders, chippers and related components and replacement parts. Construction, quarrying, mining, recycling, landscaping and government customers use our MP products in construction, recycling, landscaping and infrastructure projects, as well as various quarrying and mining applications. On February 19, 2010, we completed the disposition of our Mining business to Bucyrus. The results of the Mining business were consolidated within the former Materials Processing & Mining Segment. On December 31, 2009, we sold the assets of our construction trailer business. The results of this business were formerly consolidated within the AWP segment. In March 2010, we sold the assets of our Powertrain pumps business and gears business. The results of these businesses were formerly consolidated within the Construction segment. On March 10, 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our Atlas heavy construction equipment and knuckle-boom crane businesses. The results of these businesses were formerly consolidated within the Construction and Cranes segments, respectively. On April 15, 2010, we completed the portion of this transaction related to the operations in Germany and completed the portion of this transaction related to the operation in the United Kingdom on August 11, 2010. Due to the divestiture of these businesses, the reporting of these businesses has been included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. We assist customers in their rental, leasing and acquisition of our products through TFS. TFS utilizes its equipment and financial leasing experience to provide a variety of financing solutions to our customers when they purchase our equipment. 38 Non-GAAP Measures In this document, we refer to various GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) and non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies. We present non- GAAP financial measures in reporting our financial results to provide investors with additional analytical tools which we believe are useful in evaluating our operating results and the ongoing performance of our underlying businesses. We do not, nor do we suggest that investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures we use include the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on net sales, gross profit, Selling, General & Administrative (“SG&A”) costs and operating profit, as well as the net sales, gross profit, SG&A costs and operating profit excluding the impact of acquisitions. As changes in foreign currency exchange rates have a non-operating impact on our financial results, we believe excluding the effect of these changes assists in the assessment of our business results between periods. We calculate the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes by translating the current period results at the rates that the comparable prior periods were translated to isolate the foreign exchange component of the fluctuation from the operational component. Similarly, the impact of changes in our results from acquisitions that were not included in comparable prior periods is subtracted from the absolute change in results to allow for better comparability of results between periods. We calculate a non-GAAP measure of free cash flow as income from operations plus asset impairment, depreciation, amortization, proceeds from the sale of fixed assets, plus or minus cash changes in working capital, customer advances and rental/demo equipment and less capital expenditures. We believe that the measure of free cash flow provides management and investors further information on cash generation or use. We discuss forward looking information related to expected earnings per share (“EPS”) excluding restructuring charges and other items. This adjusted EPS is a non-GAAP measure that provides guidance to investors about our expected EPS excluding restructuring or other charges that we do not believe are reflective of our ongoing earnings. Working capital is calculated using the Consolidated Balance Sheet amounts for Trade receivables (net of allowance) plus Inventories, less Trade accounts payable. We view excessive working capital as an inefficient use of resources, and seek to minimize the level of investment without adversely impacting the ongoing operations of the business. Trailing three month annualized net sales is calculated using the net sales for the most recent quarter multiplied by four. The ratio calculated by dividing working capital by trailing three months annualized net sales is a non-GAAP measure that we believe measures our resource use efficiency. Non-GAAP measures we use also include Net Operating Profit After Tax (“NOPAT”) as adjusted, income (loss) before income taxes as adjusted, income (loss) from operations as adjusted, (benefit from) provision for income taxes as adjusted and stockholders’ equity as adjusted, which are used in the calculation of our after tax return on invested capital (“ROIC”) (collectively the “Non- GAAP Measures”), which are discussed in detail below. Overview In 2011, all of our segments had increases in net sales and profitability, but certain product lines and geographies were still challenged. This past year was a transitional year for us as we made significant investments and improvements, and implemented actions to set us on a course toward improved profitability in 2012 and beyond. We have seen further recovery in many of our end markets as utilization rates improve and the need to replace existing fleets and equipment has escalated, consistent with an overall improving construction environment. While not all regions have recovered at the same rate, continued growth in emerging economies along with solid performance in North America have helped to offset weakness we have seen in parts of Europe. Our sales in 2011 grew by 47.2% over 2010 (approximately 33% adjusting for the acquisition of Demag Cranes AG). Our income from operations in 2011 improved approximately $155 million over 2010. During this past year we increased production rates in many of our facilities with a focus on improving profitability, enhancing our global capacity utilization and leveraging mixed product locations. Our continuing goal is to establish a leaner, more customer responsive organization. These efforts have allowed us to improve equipment production on many lines while at the same time managing to reduce our manufacturing space by approximately 7%. 39 We established restructuring programs and committed to aggressively reduce costs in our operations. The cost and capacity reduction initiatives we took during 2010 and 2011 have resulted in an improved cost structure of the Company as we head into 2012. See Note L -“Restructuring and Other Charges” in our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed description of our restructuring activities, including the reasons, timing and costs associated with such actions. In our AWP business we continue to see strong customer demand and a growing backlog made up of a more diverse mix of customers. Rental utilization rates continued to increase in most regions and have been particularly strong in North America. More than half of our North American net sales for aerials came from smaller, independent rental companies in the fourth quarter of 2011. We also expect margins to be meaningfully improved in 2012 as 2011 pricing actions take hold. Earlier in the year our Cranes segment returned to profitability led by a new management team and a leaner organization. Our port equipment business, which began 2011 generating significant losses, ended the year with a modest fourth quarter profit and has been building a strong backlog for 2012. In our MP segment, we continue to see a transition from static to mobile equipment and with increasing demand from small mines. While aggregate demand has weakened a bit, construction, recycling and especially mining have sustained MP’s sales levels. Our MHPS segment has performed as expected since our acquisition of Demag Cranes AG. Our Construction segment continues to be the most challenging operation. During 2011, we made progress in this business, however, this business went through a substantial transition with Tier 4 engine implementation, which required substantial changes or updates depending on the individual product and market. Our roadbuilding business continues to suffer from weak end user demand and U.S. housing related products such as concrete mixer trucks, while improving, remain significantly below expectations. We believe we have now positioned the segment for profitability in 2012 and will be focusing on geographies and product segments where we have the greatest profitability. In January 2011, we repaid the entire $297.6 million principal amount of our 7-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (“7-3/8% Notes”). The sale of our shares of Bucyrus International, Inc. (“Bucyrus”) common stock during 2011 contributed approximately $531.8 million to overall liquidity. We believe our liquidity, $1,270.2 million at December 31, 2011, is sufficient to meet our business plans. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a detailed description of liquidity and working capital levels, including the primary factors affecting such levels. For 2012, we see continued demand for new equipment, and estimate that we are in the second year of a multiple year recovery. Overall, our focus will be on profit improvement and cash generation as opposed to net sales growth. During 2011, net sales growth was important, as it provided us more consistent run rates and we were able to solidify, if not improve, our market share. In general, however, we were unable to offset increases from our suppliers through pricing actions, which is common during the first year of a recovery. We expect this will be different in 2012. During the second half of 2011 we acquired 81% of Demag Cranes AG (bringing our ownership total to approximately 82%), a market leader in both port equipment and industrial cranes. In addition, they have a complementary parts and service business which has demonstrated consistently strong profitability. We believe there are many opportunities for leveraging different aspects of both Terex and Demag Cranes AG. A primary focus for us in 2012 will be the integration of Demag Cranes AG. For AWP, our outlook is positive. We believe the North American rental channel is in a full replacement cycle and in need of new equipment. Operating margin is expected to be in the 10%-11% range for 2012, driven by price realization and productivity enhancements. In Construction, our focus will be on profitable products and markets. We expect our roadbuilding operations to continue to face challenges in 2012. Overall segment operating margin is expected to be in the range of 2%-3%. For Cranes, the outlook reflects a slightly weakened demand environment for cranes in Europe, offset by anticipated continued growth in markets that are experiencing recovery, such as North America and Australia. Additionally, we expect that increasing demand from developing markets, such as Latin America and the Middle East, will continue. The combination of price increases implemented for 2012 and restructuring activities enacted in 2011 are anticipated to enhance overall profitability. We expect operating margins to be in the 5%-6% range on steady sales. For MHPS, we expect improving sales trends, led by the services and port solutions businesses, specifically in North America, India and the Middle East. With the Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement yet to be effected, no integration benefits are included in the outlook. We anticipate that operating margins will be in the 4.5%-5.5% range, including the impact of purchase accounting and corporate allocation adjustments, which are expected to comprise approximately $60 million of expense during 2012. In our MP segment, we anticipate continued strong sales performance in Australia and South Africa, combined with improved pricing overall. As a result, we expect operating margins of 10%-11% on slightly higher sales. 40 Our current outlook for net sales in 2012 is $7.5 to $8.0 billion, an increase of 15%-20% from 2011, and approximately 5% excluding the impact of acquisitions. Our expectation for income from operations is a profit of approximately $475 to $525 million. As a result, we would expect earnings per share for 2012 to be approximately $1.65 to $1.85 per share for the year based on an average share count of approximately 116 million shares, excluding the impact of restructuring and unusual items. The estimated average share count includes shares that may be contingently issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible notes. Our forecast assumes that the European debt crisis does not materially worsen. We also anticipate an effective tax rate of 38% for 2012. Interest expense for the year is forecast to be approximately $145 million based on increased expense associated with term loans issued to partially fund the acquisition of Demag Cranes AG. We anticipate Other expense including amortization of debt issuance cost and noncontrolling interest of $20 to $25 million. Capital expenditures for 2012 are expected to be approximately $140 million. We expect the ratio of working capital to trailing three months annualized sales to be approximately 25% at the end of 2012. ROIC continues to be the unifying metric that we use to measure our operating performance. ROIC and the Non-GAAP Measures assist in showing how effectively we utilize the capital invested in our operations. After-tax ROIC is determined by dividing the sum of NOPAT for each of the previous four quarters by the average of the sum of Total Terex Corporation stockholders’ equity plus Debt (as defined below) less Cash and cash equivalents for the previous five quarters. NOPAT for each quarter is calculated by multiplying Income (loss) from continuing and discontinued operations by a figure equal to one minus the effective tax rate of the Company. We believe that earnings from discontinued operations, as well as the net assets that comprise those operations invested capital, should be included in this calculation of the Non-GAAP Measures because they capture the financial returns on our capital allocation decisions for the measured periods. Furthermore, we believe that returns on capital deployed in TFS do not represent management of our primary operations and, therefore, TFS finance receivable assets and results from operations have been excluded from the Non-GAAP Measures. Additionally, we do not believe that the realized and deferred gains on marketable securities and specifically the shares of Bucyrus (“BUCY shares”) held from the sale of our Mining business, reflects our operations and, therefore, such gains have been excluded from the calculation of the Non-GAAP Measures. The effective tax rate is equal to the (Provision for) benefit from income taxes divided by Income (loss) before income taxes for the respective quarter. Debt is calculated using the amounts for Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt plus Long-term debt, less current portion. We calculate ROIC using the last four quarters’ NOPAT as this represents the most recent 12-month period at any given point of determination. In order for the denominator of the ROIC ratio to properly match the operational period reflected in the numerator, we include the average of five quarters’ ending balance sheet amounts so that the denominator includes the average of the opening through ending balances (on a quarterly basis) over the same time period as the numerator (four quarters of average invested capital). Terex management and the Board of Directors use ROIC as one of the primary measures to assess operational performance, including in connection with certain compensation programs. We use ROIC as a unifying metric because we believe that it measures how effectively we invest our capital and provides a better measure to compare ourselves to peer companies to assist in assessing how we drive operational improvement. We believe that ROIC measures return on the amount of capital invested in our primary businesses, excluding TFS, as opposed to another metric such as return on stockholders’ equity that only incorporates book equity, and is thus a more accurate and descriptive measure of our performance. We also believe that adding Debt less Cash and cash equivalents to Total stockholders’ equity provides a better comparison across similar businesses regarding total capitalization, and ROIC highlights the level of value creation as a percentage of capital invested. As the tables below show, our ROIC at December 31, 2011 was 3.7%. 41 The amounts described below are reported in millions of U.S. dollars, except for the effective tax rates. Amounts are as of and for the three months ended for the periods referenced in the tables below (in millions, except percentages). Dec ’11 Sep ’11 Jun ’11 Mar ’11 Dec ’10 $ $ $ $ 1,686.3 (894.2) 792.1 1,907.2 2,699.3 Provision for (benefit from) income taxes as adjusted $ Divided by: Loss before income taxes as adjusted Effective tax rate as adjusted Income (loss) from operations as adjusted Multiplied by: 1 minus Effective tax rate as adjusted Adjusted net operating income (loss) after tax $ $ (6.1) (9.5) 64.2% 30.7 35.8% 11.0 $ $ $ 7.0 $ 2.5 (8.9) (23.6) (78.7)% (10.6)% 53.1 178.7 % 94.9 $ $ 7.1 110.6 % 7.9 Debt (as defined above) Less: Cash and cash equivalents Debt less Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,300.4 (774.1) $ 1,526.3 $ 2,316.6 $ 1,426.5 (684.9) (702.0) $ 1,631.7 $ 724.5 $ $ (18.8) (41.4) 45.4% (8.2) 54.6% (4.5) $ 1,417.1 (723.7) 693.4 $ $ Total Terex Corporation stockholders’ equity as adjusted Debt less Cash and cash equivalents plus Total Terex Corporation stockholders’ equity as adjusted $ 1,781.5 $ 1,854.4 $ 1,999.3 $ 1,998.6 $ 3,307.8 $ 3,486.1 $ 2,723.8 $ 2,692.0 December 31, 2011 ROIC NOPAT as adjusted (last 4 quarters) Average Debt less Cash and cash equivalents plus Total Terex Corporation stockholders’ equity as adjusted (5 quarters) 3.7% 109.3 2,981.8 $ $ 42 Three months ended 12/31/11 Three months ended 9/30/11 Three months ended 06/30/11 Three months ended 03/31/11 $ (9.5) — — (9.5) $ $ 67.3 (76.2) — $ 16.5 (40.0) (0.1) (8.9) $ (23.6) $ 31.1 (0.4) — $ 52.6 $ 0.5 — 30.7 $ 53.1 $ 6.8 $ 0.4 (0.1) 7.1 $ 10.2 (51.6) — (41.4) (9.3) 1.1 — (8.2) (6.1) $ 34.2 $ 16.3 $ 6.0 — (27.2) (14.3) (18.4) — (6.1) $ — 7.0 $ 0.5 2.5 $ (6.4) (18.8) As of 12/31/11 As of 9/30/11 As of 06/30/11 As of 03/31/11 As of 12/31/10 1,906.4 (124.6) (0.3) 1,781.5 $ $ 1,991.7 (138.0) 0.7 $ 1,854.4 $ 2,178.2 (127.5) (51.4) 1,999.3 $ $ 2,157.9 (85.4) (73.9) 1,998.6 $ $ 2,083.2 (76.2) (99.8) 1,907.2 Reconciliation of Income (loss) before income taxes: Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes Less: Gain realized on sale of BUCY shares Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes Loss before income taxes as adjusted Reconciliation of income (loss) from operations: Income (loss) from operations as reported Income (loss) from operations for TFS Loss from operations for discontinued operations Income (loss) from operations as adjusted Reconciliation of provision for (benefit from) income taxes: Provision for (benefit from) income taxes as reported Provision for income taxes on realized gain for sale of BUCY shares Provision for (benefit from) income taxes for discontinued operations Provision for (benefit from) income taxes as adjusted Reconciliation of Terex Corporation stockholders’ equity: Terex Corporation stockholders' equity as reported TFS Assets Deferred loss (gain) on marketable securities Terex Corporation stockholders' equity as adjusted $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 2011 COMPARED WITH 2010 Terex Consolidated 2011 2010 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income (loss) from operations $ $ $ $ 6,504.6 960.3 879.1 81.2 * Not meaningful as a percentage % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 14.8% 13.5% 1.2% $ $ $ $ 4,418.2 602.9 676.7 (73.8) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 13.6 % 15.3 % (1.7)% 47.2% 59.3% 29.9% * Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $2,086.4 million when compared to the same period in 2010. Excluding the effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes and the addition of the MHPS segment, net sales increased approximately 29% from the prior year period. Each of our segments experienced higher net sales compared to the same period in 2010, primarily as a result of end market demand which has been showing signs of recovery, as well as our internal initiatives to improve performance. 43 Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $357.4 million when compared to the same period in 2010. Higher net sales, partially offset by higher input costs, contributed approximately $232 million to the increase. Excluding the effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes and MHPS, gross profit increased approximately 36% from the prior year period. SG&A costs increased by $202.4 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes increased SG&A costs by approximately $24 million. Excluding the impact of MHPS and foreign exchange effects, SG&A costs increased by approximately $47 million due to increased selling costs associated with higher sales, higher marketing costs from certain trade show activities, increased engineering costs for new product development and impairment charges related to manufacturing footprint rationalization. Income (loss) from operations improved by $155.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 versus the comparable period in 2010. Excluding the effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes and MHPS, income from operations increased approximately $167 million. The increase was due to the items noted above, particularly improved net sales volume offset partially by higher SG&A costs. Aerial Work Platforms 2011 2010 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income from operations $ $ $ $ 1,750.0 278.3 192.0 86.3 * Not meaningful as a percentage % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 15.9% 11.0% 4.9% $ $ $ $ 1,076.3 147.7 144.9 2.8 % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 13.7% 13.5% 0.3% 62.6% 88.4% 32.5% * Net sales for the AWP segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $673.7 million when compared to the same period in 2010. Adjusting for the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, net sales increased approximately 60% from the comparable prior year period. The North American market showed strong growth as the large rental companies continued to replace the equipment in their fleets. The independent rental firms began to increase their purchases, but at a slower rate than anticipated. Utilization rates of customer fleets remained high, a positive sign of the strength of the replacement cycle despite the continuing soft market conditions in construction applications. Internationally, the demand for and acceptance of aerial work platforms continued to expand steadily, also contributing to the increased sales versus the prior year period. Additionally, benefits were beginning to be captured from price increases that were implemented late in the first half of 2011 in all geographies. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $130.6 million when compared to the same period in 2010. Increased net sales, favorable product mix and higher production levels, partially offset by higher material costs, contributed approximately $144 million to the improvement in gross profit. The favorable translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes increased gross profit by approximately $4 million from the prior year period. These improvements were offset by approximately $18 million in higher transactional foreign currency expenses, inventory charges and other costs of sales. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $47.1 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The higher allocation of corporate costs increased SG&A costs by approximately $15 million. Higher costs, primarily due to the restoration and accrual for certain performance based compensation programs, engineering expenses and selling and marketing expenses increased SG&A spending by approximately $32 million as compared to the prior year period. Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 improved $83.5 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The increase was due to the items noted above, particularly improved net sales, higher production levels and the favorable effect of product mix, partially offset by higher SG&A costs, material costs and higher transactional foreign currency expenses. 44 Construction 2011 2010 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Loss from operations $ $ $ $ 1,505.6 163.1 181.5 (18.4) * Not meaningful as a percentage % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 10.8 % 12.1 % (1.2)% $ $ $ $ 1,081.2 91.9 143.9 (52.0) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 8.5 % 13.3 % (4.8)% 39.3% 77.5% 26.1% * Net sales for the Construction segment increased by $424.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the same period in 2010. Adjusting for the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, net sales increased approximately 35% from the comparable prior year period. The improvement in net sales was driven by strong demand for backhoe loaders in Russia, compact equipment in central Europe and trucks in developing markets including, Russia and South Africa. Demand for material handlers continued to be strong especially in central Europe, the segment’s largest market for this type of machinery. Slow demand for roadbuilding products in North America continued due to weak highway infrastructure spending. The tightening in government sponsored financing programs constrained roadbuilding demand in Brazil. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $71.2 million when compared to the same period in 2010. Increased net sales, offset partially by higher material costs, improved gross profit by approximately $42 million. Lower inventory write downs and lower restructuring charges in the current year period improved gross profit by approximately $10 million. Lower other costs of sales, particularly for distribution and other non-manufacturing costs improved gross profit by approximately $15 million. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $37.6 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The higher allocation of corporate costs increased SG&A costs by approximately $18 million. Additionally, higher selling and marketing expenses associated with higher net sales and trade show activities increased SG&A costs by approximately $9 million. The unfavorable translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes increased SG&A costs by approximately $6 million from the prior year period. Loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased $33.6 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The improvement was due to the items noted above, particularly increased net sales partially offset by higher SG&A costs. Cranes 2011 2010 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income (loss) from operations $ $ $ $ 1,999.7 251.2 271.0 (19.8) % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 12.6 % 13.6 % (1.0)% $ $ $ $ 1,780.6 268.5 235.0 33.5 % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 15.1% 13.2% 1.9% 12.3 % (6.4)% 15.3 % (159.1)% Net sales for the Cranes segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $219.1 million when compared to the same period in 2010. Adjusting for the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, net sales increased approximately 7% from the comparable prior year period. Many of our crane categories experienced increased sales over the prior year, with straddle carriers, rough terrain cranes and pick and carry cranes being the largest contributors to the sales growth. Sales in the U.S. increased by approximately 64% and the business experienced stronger demand in China, India and Germany. However, tower crane demand was generally stagnant and the truck cranes business in China experienced a significant decrease in demand. 45 Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $17.3 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The unfavorable effect of product sales mix and higher material costs negatively impacted gross profit by approximately $29 million. Inventory write downs, primarily related to manufacturing footprint rationalization, decreased gross profit in the period by approximately $11 million. Transactional foreign currency exchange losses decreased gross profit by approximately $3 million. These decreases in gross profit were partially offset by higher absorption of fixed manufacturing costs of approximately $20 million when compared to the prior year period. Additionally, the decrease in gross profit was partially offset by the favorable translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, which increased gross profit by approximately $17 million from the prior year period. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $36.0 million versus the same period in 2010. Restructuring, asset impairment and related charges, primarily related to manufacturing footprint rationalization in the current year period, increased SG&A costs by approximately $11 million. The higher allocation of corporate costs increased SG&A costs by approximately $23 million. The unfavorable translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes increased SG&A costs by approximately $12 million from the prior year period. These increases were partially offset by lower selling, marketing and engineering costs of approximately $13 million. Income (loss) from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 declined $53.3 million versus the same period in 2010, resulting primarily from the negative impact of higher material costs, the unfavorable effect of product sales mix and costs related to manufacturing footprint rationalization and cost reductions. Material Handling & Port Solutions ** 2011 2010 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) % of Sales $ $ $ $ 617.0 112.0 131.2 (19.2) — 18.2 % 21.3 % (3.1)% N/A N/A N/A N/A — * * * % Change In Reported Amounts * * * * Net sales Gross profit SG&A Loss from operations * ** Not applicable All amounts reported reflect results of operations from August 16, 2011 (the date of acquisition of 81% of the shares of Demag Cranes AG) through December 31, 2011. Net sales for the MHPS segment for the period ended December 31, 2011 was $617.0 million. Net sales were driven by strength in Europe, particularly Germany. Increasing demand for industrial cranes as well as for mobile harbor cranes positively impacted net sales in the period. Part sales were a meaningful contributor to net sales, as higher capacity utilization at customer plants led to an increasing need for services and spare parts. Gross profit for the period ended December 31, 2011 was $112.0 million. These results included charges of approximately $41 million related to the revaluation of inventory at the acquisition date of Demag Cranes AG and $9.7 million related primarily to the incremental amortization of tangible and intangible assets. SG&A costs for the period ended December 31, 2011 were $131.2 million. These results include charges of $1.5 million related primarily to incremental depreciation of tangible assets. Loss from operations for the period ended December 31, 2011 was $19.2 million. These results included charges of approximately $41 million related to the revaluation of inventory at the acquisition date of Demag Cranes AG and $11.3 million related primarily to the incremental amortization of tangible and intangible assets. 46 Materials Processing 2011 2010 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income from operations $ $ $ $ 682.8 135.8 76.3 59.5 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 19.9% 11.2% 8.7% $ $ $ $ 533.1 90.7 66.2 24.5 % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 17.0% 12.4% 4.6% 28.1% 49.7% 15.3% 142.9% Net sales in the MP segment increased by $149.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the same period in 2010. Adjusting for the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, net sales increased approximately 24% from the comparable prior year period. Machine and parts sales continued to increase in most markets with the exception of southern Europe where customers have experienced difficulties in obtaining financing. New mobile machines with increased capacities continued to drive sales as they gain acceptance in the market and approach capacities of static equipment. This increase was slightly offset by a slowdown in net sales recently experienced in the crushing equipment market. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $45.1 million when compared to the same period in 2010. The increase was primarily due to the impact of increased net sales and favorable product sales mix, which increased gross profit by approximately $38 million. The favorable translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes increased gross profit by approximately $5 million from the prior year period. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $10.1 million over the same period in 2010, primarily due to the higher allocation of corporate costs of approximately $9 million and the unfavorable translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, which increased SG&A costs by approximately $3 million from the prior year period. Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 improved $35.0 million when compared to 2010, primarily due to higher net sales volume partially offset by higher SG&A costs. Corporate/Eliminations 2011 2010 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts Net sales Loss from operations $ $ (50.5) (7.2) — 14.3% $ $ (53.0) (82.6) — 155.8% 4.7% 91.3% The net sales amounts include the elimination of intercompany sales activity among segments. Loss from operations improved from the prior year period primarily due to the impact of higher corporate expense allocation to all of the segments of approximately $65 million combined with lower restructuring costs, cost reduction activities and improved margins from government sales and other activities in the current year period. Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income During the year ended December 31, 2011, our interest expense net of interest income was $120.6 million, or $15.0 million lower than the prior year. This decrease was primarily driven by reduced interest expense due to the retirement of debt over the past year. 47 Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt On January 18, 2011, we exercised our early redemption option and repaid the outstanding $297.6 million principal amount of our 7-3/8% Notes. The cash paid to redeem the 7-3/8% Notes included a call premium of $3.6 million. Additionally, we recorded non-cash charges of $4.1 million for the write-off of unamortized costs, including debt issuance costs, original issue discount and interest rate swap costs, in connection with the repayment of the 7-3/8% Notes. In August 2011, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement that replaced our previous credit agreement. The termination of our previous credit agreement resulted in non-cash charges for accelerated amortization of debt acquisition costs of $1.4 million in the current year period. Other Income (Expense) — Net Other income (expense) — net for the year ended December 31, 2011 was income of $139.7 million, an increase of $159.3 million when compared to expense of $19.6 million in the prior year. The change was primarily driven by income in the current year period of approximately $168 million from the sale of approximately 5.8 million shares of Bucyrus common stock. Charges related to the acquisition of Demag Cranes AG totaling approximately $16 million were partially offset by lower expense of approximately $5 million in the current year period associated with derivative instruments. Income Taxes During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized income tax expense of $50.4 million on income of $84.5 million, an effective tax rate of 59.6%, as compared to an income tax benefit of $26.8 million on a loss of $238.3 million, an effective tax rate of 11.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The higher tax rate recorded in 2011, compared to statutory tax rates, was mainly due to non-tax benefitted losses and non-tax deductible expenses incurred to acquire Demag Cranes AG and the enactment of a statutory income tax rate reduction in the U.K., which caused a reduction in value in our U.K. deferred tax assets. The decrease in the absolute amount of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 caused items of income tax expense and benefit for 2011 to have a more significant impact than in 2010. When a loss from continuing operations before income tax (instead of income from continuing operations before income tax) is reported, tax expense items decrease the effective tax rate and tax benefit items increase the effective tax rate. Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations We had income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to tax related items associated with the results of the Mining business prior to divestiture. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we had losses from discontinued operations primarily due to the results of the Atlas business prior to divestiture. Gain (Loss) on Disposition of Discontinued Operations For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized a gain due to tax related adjustments on the net gain on divestiture of businesses sold in 2010. 2010 COMPARED WITH 2009 Terex Consolidated 2010 2009 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Loss from operations $ $ $ $ 4,418.2 602.9 676.7 (73.8) % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 13.6 % 15.3 % (1.7)% $ $ $ $ 3,858.4 297.0 698.7 (401.7) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 7.7 % 18.1 % (10.4)% 14.5 % 103.0 % (3.1)% 81.6 % Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $559.8 million when compared to the same period in 2009. Each of our segments, with the exception of Cranes, experienced higher net sales compared to the same period in 2009, primarily as a result of improved economic conditions, increased dealer purchases of rental equipment and our internal initiatives to improve sales performance. 48 Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $305.9 million when compared to the same period in 2009. Higher manufacturing utilization and the effect of prior cost reduction efforts contributed approximately $216 million to the year-over- year improvement. Lower restructuring charges, when compared with the prior year period, favorably impacted results by approximately $13 million. Additionally, lower inventory charges in the current year period of approximately $31 million contributed to the increase in gross profit. SG&A costs decreased by $22.0 million when compared to the same period in 2009. SG&A costs in AWP and Construction decreased. SG&A costs in MP were essentially flat and increased in Cranes. Prior cost reduction activities lowered general and administrative costs by approximately $27 million. The decrease was also due to lower restructuring charges of approximately $19 million when compared with the prior year period, as well as $8 million recorded in the prior year period for the settlement of certain SEC matters. The lower SG&A costs were partially offset by approximately $34 million from the impact of acquisitions in 2009. Loss from operations decreased by $327.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 versus the comparable period in 2009. The decrease was due to the items noted above, particularly improved net sales volume, improved manufacturing utilization, the effect of prior cost reductions and lower SG&A costs. Aerial Work Platforms 2010 2009 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income (loss) from operations $ $ $ $ 1,076.3 147.7 144.9 2.8 * Not meaningful as a percentage — 13.7% 13.5% 0.3% $ $ $ $ 845.3 16.0 170.7 (154.7) — 1.9 % 20.2 % (18.3)% 27.3 % * (15.1)% * Net sales for the AWP segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $231.0 million when compared to the same period in 2009. While rental customers in the North American and European markets continued to age their aerial fleets and generally deferred the purchase of new products, selective buying patterns began to emerge. Additionally, it appears that the reduction of inventory at rental locations slowed. Developing markets remained a strong growth component for the AWP segment as demand for large booms, light towers and telehandlers continued to steadily improve in markets such as South America and Australia. We also sold a portion of the segment’s utility rental fleet. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $131.7 million when compared to the same period in 2009. The favorable impact of higher manufacturing utilization and prior manufacturing cost reduction actions improved results by approximately $143 million. Lower restructuring costs and inventory write-downs favorably affected gross profit by approximately $18 million. These increases were partially offset by approximately $22 million due to the negative impact from the mix of products sold. Net transactional foreign currency losses negatively impacted results by approximately $9 million compared to the prior year period. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $25.8 million when compared to the same period in 2009. Cost control efforts, including prior period restructuring actions, lowered SG&A spending by approximately $15 million as compared to the prior year period. Additionally, the allocation of corporate expenses was lower by approximately $10 million in 2010 compared to the prior year. Income (loss) from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 improved $157.5 million when compared to the same period in 2009. The improvement was due to the items noted above, particularly higher net sales, higher manufacturing utilization, prior manufacturing cost reductions and lower SG&A costs. 49 Construction 2010 2009 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Loss from operations $ $ $ $ 1,081.2 91.9 143.9 (52.0) * Not meaningful as a percentage % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 8.5 % 13.3 % (4.8)% $ $ $ $ 832.9 (58.7) 184.7 (243.4) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — (7.0)% 22.2 % (29.2)% 29.8 % * (22.1)% 78.6 % Net sales in the Construction segment increased by $248.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the same period in 2009. The improvement in net sales was driven by a broad-based recovery from trough levels in 2009 in most product categories and across most regions. Material handlers sales increased significantly and the off-highway truck business experienced an increase in order and quotation activities, aided by strong demand from Latin American markets. The compact construction equipment business experienced good order demand, including increased demand for the compact track loader product in North America and undercarriage components supplied to another major manufacturer. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $150.6 million when compared to the same period in 2009. The favorable impact of increased sales activities, lower material costs and prior cost reduction actions improved operating results by approximately $55 million. Manufacturing utilization improved gross profit when compared to the prior year period by approximately $39 million. Additionally, approximately $34 million of lower restructuring and inventory charges in 2010 contributed to the increase in gross profit. Other cost of sales including warranty, transactional foreign currency and product liability expenses were lower by approximately $22 million in the current period. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $40.8 million when compared to the same period in 2009. Cost control efforts, including prior period restructuring actions, lowered SG&A spending by approximately $17 million as compared to the prior year period. Additionally, the allocation of corporate expenses was lower by approximately $10 million in 2010. Lower restructuring charges of approximately $14 million when compared to the prior year period also contributed to the decrease in SG&A costs. Loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $191.4 million when compared to the same period in 2009. The decrease was due to the items noted above, particularly improved net sales, better manufacturing utilization and lower SG&A costs. Cranes 2010 2009 Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income from operations $ $ $ $ 1,780.6 268.5 235.0 33.5 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) — 15.1% 13.2% 1.9% $ $ $ $ 1,890.9 319.0 215.4 103.6 % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts — 16.9% 11.4% 5.5% (5.8)% (15.8)% 9.1 % (67.7)% Net sales for the Cranes segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased by $110.3 million when compared to the same period in 2009. Demand for lower capacity crane products, including the lower end of the all-terrain product category, continued to weaken in 2010 as compared to the prior year period, as commercial construction demand remained soft. The Cranes segment also experienced weakening demand for our crawler crane products in 2010. Tower crane and rough terrain crane demand remained stable, albeit at low levels. This lower demand more than offset the increased net sales due to acquisitions. 50 Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased by $50.5 million when compared to the same period in 2009. Lower net sales, partially offset by the mix of larger cranes in the production schedule and the impact of reduced materials cost, negatively impacted profitability by approximately $91 million, excluding acquisitions. Manufacturing utilization improved gross profit when compared to the prior year period by approximately $19 million. The full year impact of acquisitions in 2010 also contributed approximately $21 million to gross profit. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $19.6 million versus the same period in 2009. The increase was primarily due to the impact of acquisitions, offset in part by a decrease in the allocation of corporate costs from the prior year period and improvement from prior cost reduction activities. Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $70.1 million versus the same period in 2009, resulting primarily from lower net sales volume and approximately $13 million from the impact of acquisitions, partially offset by improved manufacturing utilization. Materials Processing 2010 2009 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts Net sales Gross profit SG&A Income (loss) from operations $ $ $ $ 533.1 90.7 66.2 24.5 * Not meaningful as a percentage — 17.0% 12.4% 4.6% $ $ $ $ 353.6 14.8 64.1 (49.3) — 4.2 % 18.1 % (13.9)% 50.8% * 3.3% * Net sales in the MP segment increased by $179.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to the same period in 2009. Demand for materials processing equipment increased as dealers have generally stopped reducing their inventory and ordered in concert with end market demand. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $75.9 million when compared to the same period in 2009. The increase in net sales, combined with the impact of lower material costs and pricing actions, positively affected profitability by approximately $47 million when compared with the prior year period. Other favorable variances in the period included volume driven improved manufacturing utilization of approximately $16 million compared with the prior year period. Lower foreign currency losses positively impacted results by approximately $6 million compared to the prior year period. SG&A costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $2.1 million over the same period in 2009, primarily due to increased selling and marketing costs associated with trade shows, partially offset by reduced restructuring charges and a decrease in the allocation of corporate costs from the prior year period. Income (loss) from operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 improved $73.8 million when compared to 2009, primarily due to the items noted above, particularly higher net sales volume and improved manufacturing utilization. 51 Corporate/Eliminations 2010 2009 % of Sales ($ amounts in millions) % of Sales % Change In Reported Amounts Net sales Income (loss) from operations $ $ (53.0) (82.6) — 155.8% $ $ (64.3) (57.9) — 90.0% 17.6 % (42.7)% Net sales amounts include the elimination of intercompany sales activity among segments. Loss from operations increased primarily from the impact of a lower allocation to the business segments of corporate expenses and higher costs associated with stock based compensation and other benefits, partially offset by lower costs as a result of previous restructuring activities and expense related to the SEC settlement in 2009. Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income During the year ended December 31, 2010, our interest expense net of interest income was $135.6 million, or $21.1 million higher than the prior year. Higher debt levels resulting from our capital markets activity executed in June 2009 combined with acquisition- related debt incurred in July 2009 increased interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 by approximately $24 million when compared to the prior year period. Additionally, accelerated amortization related to the redemption of the 7-3/8% Notes increased interest expense by approximately $2 million. Interest income increased by approximately $5 million compared to the prior year period, reflecting cash balances in jurisdictions with higher return rates. Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt We recorded a pre-tax charge for early extinguishment of debt of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 for expense associated with the accelerated amortization of debt acquisition costs in connection with the repayment of all of our outstanding term debt on October 14, 2010. Other Income (Expense) — Net Other income (expense) — net for the year ended December 31, 2010 was expense of $19.6 million, an increase of $20.3 million when compared to income of $0.7 million in the prior year. This was primarily due to a loss of approximately $21 million associated with marking to market the derivative contracts intended to partially mitigate the risks associated with shares of common stock of Bucyrus acquired in connection with the Mining business divestiture. Income Taxes During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized an income tax benefit of $26.8 million on a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $238.3 million, an effective rate of 11.2%, as compared to an income tax benefit of $117.4 million on a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $523.8 million, an effective rate of 22.4%, in the prior year. The lower effective tax rate recorded in 2010 was principally attributable to the recognition of valuation allowances on certain deferred tax assets, the decision to carry back the U.S. tax net operating loss and changes in the jurisdictional mix of income. The decrease in loss from continuing operations before income tax for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 causes items of income tax expense and benefit in 2010 to have a more significant impact on the effective tax rate than in 2009. When a loss from continuing operations before income tax (instead of income from continuing operations before income tax) is reported, tax expense items decrease the effective tax rate and tax benefit items increase the effective tax rate. (Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations We had losses from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to the results of the Atlas business prior to divestiture. In the year ended December 31, 2009, we had income from discontinued operations primarily from the Mining business offset, in part, by losses in the Atlas business. 52 Gain (Loss) on Disposition of Discontinued Operations For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized a gain, net of tax on the sale of the Mining business, partially offset by a loss, net of tax on the sale of the Atlas and Powertrain businesses. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred a loss, net of tax on the sale of the construction trailer business. In addition, we incurred a loss, net of tax related to transaction costs incurred with the disposition of the Mining business. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Changes in the estimates and assumptions used by management could have significant impact on our financial results. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe that the following are among our most significant accounting policies which are important in determining the reporting of transactions and events and which utilize estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and therefore are based on management judgment. Please refer to Note A - “Basis of Presentation” in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for a complete listing of our accounting policies. Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) value. Cost is determined principally by the average cost method and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method (approximately 58% and 42%, respectively). In valuing inventory, we are required to make assumptions regarding the level of reserves required to value potentially obsolete or over-valued items at the lower of cost or market. These assumptions require us to analyze the aging of and forecasted demand for our inventory, forecast future products sales prices, pricing trends and margins, and to make judgments and estimates regarding obsolete or excess inventory. Future product sales prices, pricing trends and margins are based on the best available information at that time including actual orders received, negotiations with our customers for future orders, including their plans for expenditures, and market trends for similar products. Our judgments and estimates for excess or obsolete inventory are based on analysis of actual and forecasted usage. The valuation of used equipment taken in trade from customers requires us to use the best information available to determine the value of the equipment to potential customers. This value is subject to change based on numerous conditions. Inventory reserves are established taking into account age, frequency of use, or sale, and in the case of repair parts, the installed base of machines. While calculations are made involving these factors, significant management judgment regarding expectations for future events is involved. Future events that could significantly influence our judgment and related estimates include general economic conditions in markets where our products are sold, new equipment price fluctuations, actions of our competitors, including the introduction of new products and technological advances, as well as new products and design changes we introduce. We make adjustments to our inventory reserve based on the identification of specific situations and increase our inventory reserves accordingly. As further changes in future economic or industry conditions occur, we will revise the estimates that were used to calculate its inventory reserves. At December 31, 2011, reserves for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory totaled $120.1 million. If actual conditions are less favorable than those we have projected, we will increase our reserves for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory accordingly. Any increase in our reserves will adversely impact our results of operations. The establishment of a reserve for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such reserves are not reduced until the product is sold. Accounts Receivable - We are required to judge our ability to collect accounts receivable from our customers. Valuation of receivables includes evaluating customer payment histories, customer leverage, availability of third-party financing, political and exchange risks and other factors. Many of these factors, including the assessment of a customer’s ability to pay, are influenced by economic and market factors that cannot be predicted with certainty. At December 31, 2011, reserves for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable totaled $42.5 million. Given current economic conditions, there can be no assurance that our historical accounts receivable collection experience will be indicative of future results. Guarantees - As of December 31, 2011, we have issued guarantees to financial institutions related to customer financing of equipment purchases by our customers. We must assess the probability of losses or non-performance in ways similar to the evaluation of accounts receivable, including consideration of a customer’s payment history, leverage, availability of third party financing, political and exchange risks, and other factors. Many of these factors, including the assessment of a customer’s ability to pay, are influenced by economic and market factors that cannot be predicted with certainty. 53 Our customers, from time to time, may fund acquisition of our equipment through third-party finance companies. In certain instances, we may provide a credit guarantee to the finance company by which we agree to make payments to the finance company should the customer default. Our maximum liability is limited to the remaining payments due to the finance company at the time of default. In the event of customer default, we have generally been able to recover and dispose of the equipment at a minimum loss, if any, to us. As of December 31, 2011, our maximum exposure to such credit guarantees was $126.4 million, including total guarantees issued by Terex Demag GmbH, part of the Cranes segment; Sichuan Changjiang Engineering Crane Co., Ltd, part of the Cranes segment; and Genie Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates (“Genie”), part of the AWP segment; of $60.4 million, $34.4 million and $18.0 million, respectively. The terms of these guarantees coincide with the financing arranged by the customer and generally do not exceed five years. Given our position as the original equipment manufacturer and our knowledge of end markets, when called upon to fulfill a guarantee, we have generally been able to liquidate the financed equipment at a minimal loss, if any. There can be no assurance that our historical credit default experience will be indicative of future results. Our ability to recover losses experienced from our guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in effect at the time of loss. We issue residual value guarantees under sales-type leases. A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future point in time. As described in Note Q - “Litigations and Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, our maximum exposure related to residual value guarantees under sales-type leases was $13.5 million at December 31, 2011. We are generally able to mitigate the risk associated with these guarantees because the maturity of the guarantees is staggered, which limits the amount of used equipment entering the marketplace at any one time. We guarantee, from time to time, that we will buy equipment from our customers in the future at a stated price if certain conditions are met by the customer. Such guarantees are referred to as buyback guarantees. These conditions generally pertain to the functionality and state of repair of the machine. As of December 31, 2011, our maximum exposure pursuant to buyback guarantees was $103.4 million, including total guarantees issued by Genie of $45.4 million and the MHPS segment of $54.5 million. We are generally able to mitigate the risk of these guarantees by staggering the timing of the buybacks and through leveraging our access to the used equipment markets provided by our original equipment manufacturer status. We record a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantees issued pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 460, “Guarantees” (ASC 460). We recognize a loss under a guarantee when our obligation to make payment under the guarantee is probable and the amount of the loss can be estimated. A loss would be recognized if our payment obligation under the guarantee exceeds the value we could expect to recover to offset such payment, primarily through the sale of the equipment underlying the guarantee. We have recorded an aggregate liability within Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet of approximately $12 million for the estimated fair value of all guarantees provided as of December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that our historical experience in used equipment markets will be indicative of future results. Our ability to recover losses experienced from our guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in the used equipment markets at the time of loss. Revenue Recognition - Revenue and related costs are generally recorded when products are shipped and invoiced to either independently owned and operated dealers or to customers. Revenue generated in the United States is recognized when title and risk of loss pass from us to our customers, which generally occurs upon shipment depending upon the shipping terms negotiated. We also have a policy requiring that certain criteria be met in order to recognize revenue, including satisfaction of the following requirements: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; c) Collectibility is reasonably assured; and d) We have no significant obligations for future performance. 54 In the United States, we have the ability to enter into a security agreement and receive a security interest in the product by filing an appropriate Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) financing statement. However, a significant portion of our revenue is generated outside of the United States. In many countries outside of the United States, as a matter of statutory law, a seller retains title to a product until payment is made. The laws do not provide for a seller’s retention of a security interest in goods in the same manner as established in the UCC. In these countries, we retain title to goods delivered to a customer until the customer makes payment so that we can recover the goods in the event of customer default on payment. In these circumstances, where we only retain title to secure our recovery in the event of customer default, we also have a policy, which requires meeting certain criteria in order to recognize revenue, including satisfaction of the following requirements: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; d) Collectibility is reasonably assured; e) We have no significant obligations for future performance; and f) We are not entitled to direct the disposition of the goods, cannot rescind the transaction, cannot prohibit the customer from moving, selling, or otherwise using the goods in the ordinary course of business and have no other rights of holding title that rest with a titleholder of property that is subject to a lien under the UCC. In circumstances where the sales transaction requires acceptance by the customer for items such as testing on site, installation, trial period or performance criteria, revenue is not recognized unless the following criteria have been met: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; d) Collectibility is reasonably assured; and e) The customer has given their acceptance, the time period for acceptance has elapsed or we have otherwise objectively demonstrated that the criteria specified in the acceptance provisions have been satisfied. In addition to performance commitments, we analyze factors such as the reason for the purchase to determine if revenue should be recognized. This analysis is done before the product is shipped and includes the evaluation of factors that may affect the conclusion related to the revenue recognition criteria as follows: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and d) Collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales-type leases is recognized at the inception of the lease. Income from operating leases is recognized ratably over the term of the lease. We routinely sell equipment subject to operating leases and the related lease payments. If we do not retain a substantial risk of ownership in the equipment, the transaction is recorded as a sale. If we do retain a substantial risk of ownership, the transaction is recorded as a borrowing, the operating lease payments are recognized as revenue over the term of the lease and the debt is amortized over a similar period. We, from time to time, issue buyback guarantees in conjunction with certain sales agreements. These primarily relate to trade value agreements (“TVAs”) in which a customer may trade in equipment in the future at a stated price/credit if the customer meets certain conditions. The trade-in price/credit is determined at the time of the original sale of equipment. In conjunction with the trade-in, these conditions include a requirement to purchase new equipment at fair market value at the time of trade-in, which fair value is required to be of equal or greater value than the original equipment cost. Other conditions also include the general functionality and state of repair of the machine. We have concluded that any credit provided to customers under a TVA/buyback guarantee, which is expected to be equal to or less than the fair value of the equipment returned on the trade-in date, is a guarantee to be accounted for in accordance with ASC 460. The original sale of equipment, accompanied by a buyback guarantee, is a multiple element transaction wherein we offer our customer the right, after some period of time, for a limited period of time, to exchange purchased equipment for a fixed price trade-in credit toward another of our products. The fixed price trade-in credit is accounted for under the guidance provided by ASC 460. Pursuant to this right, we have agreed to make a payment (in the form of a trade-in credit) to the customer contingent upon the customer exercising its right to trade in the original purchased equipment. Under the guidance of ASC 460, we record the fixed price trade-in credit at its fair value. Accordingly, as noted above, we have accounted for the trade-in credit as a separate deliverable in a multiple element arrangement. 55 Goodwill - Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) and liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. We selected October 1 as the date for our required annual impairment test. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information with similar economic characteristics is available and the operating results are regularly reviewed by our management. The AWP, Construction, Cranes and MP operating segments plus the Material Handling business (including services) and Port Technology business of MHPS, comprise the six reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step process. The first step used to identify potential impairment involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. We use an income approach derived from the discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. The aggregate fair value of our reporting units is compared to our market capitalization on the valuation date to assess its reasonableness. The initial recognition of goodwill, as well as the annual review of the carrying value of goodwill, requires that we develop estimates of future business performance. These estimates are used to derive expected cash flow and include assumptions regarding future sales levels and the level of working capital needed to support a given business. We rely on data developed by business segment management as well as macroeconomic data in making these calculations. The discounted cash flow model also includes a determination of our weighted average cost of capital. The cost of capital is based on assumptions about interest rates as well as a risk-adjusted rate of return required by our equity investors. Changes in these estimates can impact the present value of the expected cash flow that is used in determining the fair value of acquired intangible assets as well as the overall expected value of a given business. The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit and subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. We adopted FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350),” (“ASU 2011-08”) at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2011 on a prospective basis. See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” below. ASU 2011-08 allows us to first assess, qualitatively, whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If we believe, as a result of our qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test is required. We have the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the two-step goodwill impairment test. There were no indicators of goodwill impairment in the tests performed as of October 1, 2011, 2010 and 2009. See Note J – “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of any quantitative fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair values of any reporting unit calculated. This hypothetical 10% decrease would still result in excess fair value over carrying value for the reporting units as of October 1, 2011. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets - Our policy is to assess the realizability of our long-lived assets, including intangible assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if fair value based on the estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset’s carrying value. Future cash flow projections include assumptions regarding future sales levels and the level of working capital needed to support each business. We use data developed by business segment management as well as macroeconomic data in making these calculations. There are no assurances that future cash flow assumptions will be achieved. The amount of any impairment then recognized would be calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. We recognized asset impairments of $18.8 million, $11.4 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of which $8.8 million, $9.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, was recognized as part of restructuring costs. See Note L – “Restructuring and Other Charges” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 56 Accrued Warranties - We record accruals for unasserted warranty claims based on our claim experience. Warranty costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. However, adjustments to the initial warranty accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. These warranty costs are based upon management’s assessment of past claims and current experience. However, actual claims could be higher or lower than amounts estimated, as the amount and value of warranty claims are subject to variation as a result of many factors that cannot be predicted with certainty, including the performance of new products, models and technology, changes in weather conditions for product operation, different uses for products and other similar factors. Accrued Product Liability - We record accruals for product liability claims when deemed probable and estimable based on facts and circumstances and our prior claim experience. Accruals for product liability claims are valued based upon our prior claims experience, including consideration of the jurisdiction, circumstances of the accident, type of loss or injury, identity of plaintiff, other potential responsible parties, analysis of outside legal counsel, analysis of internal product liability counsel and the experience of our product safety team. Actual product liability costs could be different due to a number of variables such as the decisions of juries or judges. Defined Benefit Plans - Pension benefits represent financial obligations that will be ultimately settled in the future with employees who meet eligibility requirements. As of December 31, 2011, we maintained one qualified defined benefit pension plan and one nonqualified plan covering certain U.S. employees. The benefits covering salaried employees are based primarily on years of service and employees’ qualifying compensation during the final years of employment. The benefits covering bargaining unit employees are based primarily on years of service and a flat dollar amount per year of service. Participation in the qualified plan is frozen and participants are only credited with post-freeze service for purposes of determining vesting and retirement eligibility. It is our policy, generally, to fund the qualified U.S. plan based on the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. See Note O – “Retirement Plans and Other Benefits” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The nonqualified plan provides retirement benefits to certain senior executives of the Company and is unfunded. Generally, the nonqualified plan provides a benefit based on average total compensation earned over a participant’s final five years of employment and years of service reduced by benefits earned under any Company retirement program, excluding salary deferrals and matching contributions. In addition, benefits are reduced by Social Security Primary Insurance Amounts attributable to Company contributions. Participation in the nonqualified plan was frozen effective December 31, 2008; however, eligible participants are credited with post-freeze service for purposes of determining vesting and the amount of benefits. We maintain defined benefit plans in Germany, France, China, India, Switzerland and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) for some of our subsidiaries. The plans in Germany, France, India and China are unfunded plans. During 2010, the plan in the U.K. was frozen. For our operations in Italy, there are mandatory termination indemnity plans providing a benefit that is payable upon termination of employment in substantially all cases of termination. We record this obligation based on the mandated requirements. The measure of the current obligation is not dependent on the employees’ future service and therefore is measured at current value. Plan assets consist primarily of common stocks, bonds and short-term cash equivalent funds. For the U.S. plans, approximately 40% of the assets are in equity securities and 60% are in fixed income securities. For the non-U.S. funded plans, approximately 37% of the assets are in equity securities, 58% are in fixed income securities and 5% are in real estate investment securities. These allocations are reviewed periodically and updated to meet the long-term goals of the plans. Determination of defined benefit pension and postretirement plan obligations and their associated expenses requires the use of actuarial valuations to estimate the benefits that employees earn while working, as well as the present value of those benefits. We use the services of independent actuaries to assist with these calculations. Inherent in these valuations are economic assumptions, including expected returns on plan assets, discount rates at which liabilities may be settled, rates of increase of health care costs, rates of future compensation increases as well as employee demographic assumptions such as retirement patterns, mortality and turnover. The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower turnover rates, or longer or shorter life spans of participants. Actual results that differ from the actuarial assumptions used are recorded as unrecognized gains and losses. Unrecognized gains and losses that exceed 10% of the greater of the plan’s projected benefit obligations or the market-related value of assets are amortized to earnings over the shorter of the estimated future service period of the plan participants or the period until any anticipated final plan settlements. The assumptions used in the actuarial models are evaluated periodically and are updated to reflect experience. We believe the assumptions used in the actuarial calculations are reasonable and are within accepted practices in each of the respective geographic locations in which we operate. 57 Expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets were 8.00% for the U.S. plan, 5.00% for the U.K. plan and 4.00% for the Swiss plan at December 31, 2011. Our strategy with regard to the investments in the pension plans is to earn a rate of return sufficient to match or exceed the long-term growth of pension liabilities. The expected rate of return of plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns on the investment portfolio. These rates are determined annually by management based on a weighted average of current and historical market trends, historical portfolio performance and the portfolio mix of investments. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets at December 31 is used to measure the earnings effects for the subsequent year. The difference between the expected return and the actual return on plan assets affects the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future pension expense (income). The discount rates for pension plan liabilities were 4.00% for U.S. plans and 2.15% to 11.00% with a weighted average of 4.55% for non-U.S. plans at December 31, 2011. The discount rate enables us to estimate the present value of expected future cash flows on the measurement date. The rate used reflects a rate of return on high-quality fixed income investments that match the duration of expected benefit payments at the December 31 measurement date. The discount rate at December 31 is used to measure the year-end benefit obligations and the earnings effects on the subsequent year. Typically, a higher discount rate decreases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. The expected rates of compensation increase for our non-U.S. pension plans were 0.00% to 10.00% with a weighted average of 1.75% at December 31, 2011. These estimated annual compensation increases are determined by management every year and are based on historical trends and market indices. We have recorded the underfunded status on our balance sheet as a liability and the unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains (losses) as a reduction in Stockholders’ equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The change in assumptions from the previous year, primarily decreases in the discount rate, resulted in a net increase in the projected benefit obligation of $9.0 million. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of demographic, economic and other factors. The market value of plan assets can change significantly in a relatively short period of time. Additionally, the measurement of plan benefit obligations is sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, if the equity market declines and/or interest rates decrease, the plans’ estimated benefit obligations could increase, causing an increase in liabilities and a reduction in Stockholders’ Equity. We expect that any future obligations under our plans that are not currently funded will be funded from future cash flows from operations. If our contributions are insufficient to adequately fund the plans to cover our future obligations, or if the performance of the assets in our plans does not meet expectations, or if our assumptions are modified, contributions could be higher than expected, which would reduce cash available for our business. Changes in U.S. or foreign laws governing these plans could require additional contributions. In addition, changes in generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. could require recording additional liabilities and costs related to these plans. Assumptions used in computing our net pension expense and projected benefit obligation have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A 0.25% change in each assumption below would have the following effects upon net pension expense and projected benefit obligation, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011: Increase Decrease Discount Rate Expected long- term rate of return Discount Rate Expected long- term rate of return ($ amounts in millions) U. S. Plans: Net pension expense Projected benefit obligation Non-U.S. Plans: Net pension expense Projected benefit obligation $ $ $ $ 0.2 (4.6) — (12.2) $ $ $ $ 58 (0.3) — (0.2) — $ $ $ $ (0.2) 4.8 — 12.8 $ $ $ $ 0.3 — 0.2 — Income Taxes - We estimate income taxes based on enacted tax laws in the various jurisdictions where we conduct business. We recognize deferred income tax assets and liabilities, which represent future tax benefits or obligations of our legal entities. These deferred income tax balances arise from temporary differences due to divergent treatment of certain items for accounting and income tax purposes. We evaluate our deferred tax assets each period to ensure that estimated future taxable income will be sufficient in character, amount and timing to result in the use of our deferred tax assets. “Character” refers to the type (ordinary income versus capital gain) as well as the source (foreign vs. domestic) of the income we generate. “Timing” refers to the period in which future income is expected to be generated. Timing is important because net operating losses (“NOLs”) and other tax attributes, in certain jurisdictions, expire if not used within an established statutory time frame. Based on these evaluations, we have determined that it is more likely than not that expected future earnings will be sufficient to use most of our deferred tax assets. We do not provide for income taxes or tax benefits on the differences between financial reporting basis and tax basis of our non- U.S. subsidiaries where such differences are reinvested and, in our opinion, will continue to be reinvested indefinitely. If earnings of foreign subsidiaries are not considered indefinitely reinvested, deferred U.S. income taxes, foreign income taxes, and foreign withholding taxes may have to be provided. We do not record deferred income taxes on the temporary difference between the book and tax basis in domestic subsidiaries where permissible. At this time, determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to the investment in subsidiaries is not practical. Judgments and estimates are required to determine tax expense and deferred tax valuation allowances and in assessing uncertain tax positions. Tax returns are subject to audit and local taxing authorities could challenge tax-filing positions we take. Our practice is to file income tax returns that conform to the requirements of each jurisdiction and to record provisions for tax liabilities, including interest and penalties, in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” As our business has grown in geographic scope, size and complexity, so has our potential exposure to uncertain tax positions. Given the subjective nature of applicable tax laws, the results of an audit of some of our tax returns could have a significant impact on our financial statements. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements,” which amended ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition.” This guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how to allocate consideration to each unit of accounting. In an arrangement with multiple deliverables, the delivered item(s) shall be considered a separate unit of accounting if the delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Items have value on a stand-alone basis if they are sold separately by any vendor or the customer could resell the delivered items on a stand-alone basis and if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of the vendor. Arrangement consideration shall be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables based on their relative selling price, except under certain circumstances such as items recorded at fair value and items not contingent upon delivery of additional items or meeting other specified performance conditions. The selling price for each deliverable shall be determined using vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if it exists, otherwise third-party evidence of selling price. If neither VSOE nor third-party evidence exists for a deliverable, then the vendor shall use its best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable. This guidance eliminates use of the residual value method for determining allocation of arrangement consideration and it allows for use of an entity’s best estimate to determine selling price if VSOE and third-party evidence cannot be determined. It also requires additional disclosures such as: nature of the arrangement, certain provisions within the arrangement, significant factors used to determine selling prices and timing of revenue recognition related to the arrangement. This guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements,” which amends ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” This amendment requires new disclosures including the reasons for and amounts of significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and separate presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of activity for Level 3 fair value measurements. It also clarified guidance related to determining appropriate classes of assets and liabilities and information to be provided for valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This guidance with respect to Level 3 fair value measurements was effective for us in our interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. 59 In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” The amendments in this update clarify the acquisition date that should be used for reporting pro forma financial information disclosures in Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented. The amendments also improve usefulness of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosures by requiring description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination(s). The amendments in this update are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date was on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs”, which amended ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” This guidance addresses efforts to achieve convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) requirements for measurement of and disclosures about fair value. The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on companies applying U.S. GAAP. Key provisions of the amendment include: a prohibition on grouping financial instruments for purposes of determining fair value, except when an entity manages market and credit risks on the basis of the entity’s net exposure to the group; an extension of the prohibition against the use of a blockage factor to all fair value measurements (that prohibition currently applies only to financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets); and a requirement that for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements, entities disclose quantitative information about unobservable inputs, a description of the valuation process used and qualitative details about the sensitivity of the measurements. In addition, for items not carried at fair value but for which fair value is disclosed, entities will be required to disclose the level within the fair value hierarchy that applies to the fair value measurement disclosed. This guidance was effective for us in our interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” (“ASU 2011-05”) which amends current comprehensive income guidance. This accounting update eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. Instead, we must report comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05,” (“ASU-2011-12”). ASU 2011-12 defers the requirement that companies present reclassification adjustments for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income in both net income and other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 were effective for us on January 1, 2012. Since the provisions of ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 are presentation related only, adoption of ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, which allows entities to first assess qualitatively whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test is required. An entity has the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test. We elected to early adopt this accounting guidance at the beginning of our fourth quarter of 2011 on a prospective basis for goodwill impairment tests. Adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results. 60 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Our main sources of funding are cash generated from operations, loans from our bank credit facilities and funds raised in capital markets. We had cash and cash equivalents of $774.1 million at December 31, 2011. The majority of the cash held by our foreign subsidiaries is expected to be maintained locally. Such cash could be used in the U.S., if necessary. Cash repatriated to the U.S. could be subject to incremental local and U.S. taxation. Approximately $133 million of cash related to Demag Cranes AG can only be used to support their operations until the Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement (“DPLA”) is effectuated, which is expected to occur during 2012. Currently, there are no trends, demands or uncertainties as a result of the Company’s cash re-investment policy that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on us as a whole or that may be relevant to our financial flexibility. We believe cash generated from operations together with access to our bank credit facilities and cash on hand, provide adequate liquidity to continue to support our internal operating initiatives, meet our operating and debt service requirements and fund approximately $160 million of tax payments due in the first quarter of 2012. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” for a detailed description of the risks resulting from our debt and our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to operate our business. In August 2011, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) that replaced our previous credit agreement. The new credit agreement provided us with a $460.1 million term loan and a €200.0 million term loan. The proceeds of the term loans were used, along with other cash, to pay for the shares of Demag Cranes AG and all related fees and expenses. The term loans are scheduled to mature on April 28, 2017, subject to earlier maturity on March 1, 2016 if the Company's existing senior notes have not been satisfied in full prior to that time. In addition, our new credit facilities provide us with a revolving line of credit of up to $500 million. The revolving line of credit consists of $250 million of available domestic revolving loans and $250 million of available multicurrency revolving loans. The revolving lines of credit are scheduled to mature on April 29, 2016, subject to earlier maturity on March 1, 2016 if the Company’s existing senior notes have not been satisfied in full prior to that time. We had $438.2 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facilities at December 31, 2011. The 2011 Credit Agreement also provides incremental commitments of up to $250 million, which may be extended at the option of the lenders and can be in the form of revolving credit commitments, term loan commitments, or a combination of both, provided that no more than $100 million of the incremental amount may be used for incremental term loan commitments. Demag Cranes AG has a bank credit agreement (the “Demag Cranes Credit Agreement”) which matures on November 18, 2015 to provide liquidity for their operations. The Demag Cranes Credit Agreement provides multicurrency revolving lines of credit of €200.0 million, which can be used for loans or letters of credit to a sub-limit of €40 million. In addition to customary covenants, the Demag Cranes Credit Agreement contains certain restrictions on transactions with Terex including making loans to or entering into cash pooling arrangements and payment of dividends. As of December 31, 2011, there was $173.7 million outstanding under this facility at a weighted average interest rate of 3.14%. Demag Cranes AG had letters of credit issued under this facility of $26.3 million. Undrawn availability under the Demag Cranes Credit Agreement was $57.9 million. In January 2012, we entered into the DPLA with Demag Cranes AG that will become effective following the necessary shareholder approval and subsequent registration of the DPLA in the commercial register of Demag Cranes AG. Upon effectiveness of the DPLA and upon demand from outside shareholders of Demag Cranes AG, we will acquire their shares in return for €45.52 per share. Any outside shareholders of Demag Cranes AG that choose not to sell their shares to us will receive an annual guaranteed dividend in the gross amount of €3.33 per share (€3.04 net per share). The DPLA is expected to become effective in 2012. Upon effectiveness of the DPLA, the lenders under the Demag Cranes Credit Agreement have the option to terminate the Demag Cranes Credit Agreement. During 2011, we sold our 5.8 million shares of Bucyrus International, Inc. (“Bucyrus”) stock for $531.8 million. We used the net proceeds from these sales to reinvest in our business including partially funding our purchase of shares of Demag Cranes AG, which satisfied our obligations to reinvest the net cash proceeds under various agreements governing our debt. In January 2011, we exercised our early redemption option and repaid the outstanding $297.6 million principal amount of our 7-3/8% Notes. The total cash paid to redeem the 7-3/8% Notes was $312.3 million which included a call premium of 1.229% as set forth in the indenture for the 7-3/8% Notes, totaling $3.6 million plus accrued and unpaid interest of $36.875 per $1,000 principal amount at the redemption date. 61 We increased our investment in financial services assets from approximately $80 million, net at December 31, 2010, to approximately $126 million, net at December 31, 2011. However, our investment in financial services assets decreased from approximately $138 million at September 30, 2011. We remain focused on expanding TFS in key markets like the U.S., Europe and China; however, in 2012, we expect to rely to a greater extent on third-party funders. During 2011, our cash used in inventory was approximately $26 million as we made investments in businesses showing improved order and inquiry activity. We are continuing our program to increase inventory turns by sharing, throughout our Company, many of the best practices and lean manufacturing processes that several of our business units have implemented successfully. We expect these initiatives to reduce the level of inventory needed to support our business and allow us to reduce our manufacturing lead times, thereby reducing our working capital requirements. During the last two years, our inventory turns have improved as the Company’s sales volumes increased. We generated approximately $168 million in free cash flow in the fourth quarter, which was less than our expectations. We will continue to pursue cash generation opportunities, including increasing prices for our products, reducing costs and working capital, reviewing alternatives for under-utilized assets, and selectively investing in our businesses to promote growth in 2012. The following table reconciles income from operations to free cash flow (in millions): Three months ended 12/31/11 Income from operations Asset impairment Plus: Depreciation and amortization Plus: Proceeds from sale of fixed assets Plus/minus: Cash changes in working capital Plus/minus: Customer advances Plus/minus: Rental/demo equipment Less: Capital expenditures Free cash flow $ $ 31.1 7.1 37.3 2.6 94.9 11.0 (0.5) (15.5) 168.0 Our ability to generate cash from operations is subject to numerous factors, including the following: • Many of our customers fund their purchases through third-party finance companies that extend credit based on the credit- worthiness of the customers and the expected residual value of our equipment. Changes either in the customers’ credit profile or used equipment values may affect the ability of customers to purchase equipment. There can be no assurance that third-party finance companies will continue to extend credit to our customers as they have in the past. • As our sales levels change, the absolute amount of working capital needed to support our business may change. • Our suppliers extend payment terms to us based on our overall credit rating. Declines in our credit rating may influence • suppliers’ willingness to extend terms and in turn increase the cash requirements of our business. Sales of our products are subject to general economic conditions, weather, competition and the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes, and other factors that in many cases are outside our direct control. For example, during periods of economic uncertainty, our customers have delayed purchasing decisions, which has had a negative impact on cash generated from operations. For certain products, primarily port equipment, we negotiate, when possible, advance payments from our customers for products with long lead times to help fund the substantial working capital investment in these products. To help fund our cash expenditures, we have maintained cash balances and a revolving line of credit from our bank group as described above. Although we believe that the banks participating in our credit facilities have adequate capital and resources, we can provide no assurance that each of these banks will continue to operate as a going concern in the future. If any banks in our lending group were to fail, it is possible that borrowing capacity under our credit facilities would be reduced. If our cash balances and availability under our credit facilities were reduced significantly, we might need to obtain capital from alternate sources in order to finance our capital needs, but there can be no assurance that such financing would be available at terms acceptable to us, or at all. 62 Typically, we have invested our cash in a combination of highly rated, liquid money market funds and in short-term bank deposits with large, highly rated banks. Our investment objective is to preserve capital and liquidity while earning a market rate of interest. In 2011 and 2010, we used a portion of our cash balance to take advantage of early payment discounts offered by our suppliers where the returns were greater than the amount that would have been earned on such cash if invested in money market funds and short-term bank deposits. We expect this practice to continue in 2012, although we may discontinue it at any time. Interest rates charged under our bank credit facilities are subject to adjustment based on our consolidated leverage ratio. We had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and $710.8 million in U.S. dollar and Euro denominated term loans outstanding at December 31, 2011. The U.S. dollar term loans bear interest at a rate of London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 4%, with a floor of 1.5% on LIBOR. The euro term loans bear interest at a rate of Euro Interbank Offer Rate (“EURIBOR”) plus 4.5% with a floor of 1.5% on EURIBOR. At December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate on these term loans was 5.68%. We manage our interest rate risk by maintaining a balance between fixed and floating rate debt, including the use of interest rate derivatives when appropriate. Over the long term, we believe this mix will produce lower interest cost than a purely fixed rate mix while reducing interest rate risk. The revolving line of credit under our 2011 credit facility expires in April 2016. Our 4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes mature in June 2015, our 10-7/8% Senior Notes mature in June 2016 and our 8% Senior Subordinated Notes (“8% Notes”) mature in November 2017. See Note M –“Long-Term Obligations,” in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Our ability to access the capital markets to raise funds, through the sale of equity or debt securities, is subject to various factors, some specific to us, and others related to general economic and/or financial market conditions. These include results of operations, projected operating results for future periods and debt to equity leverage. Our ability to access the capital markets is also subject to our timely filing of periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In addition, the terms of our bank credit facilities, senior notes and senior subordinated notes contain restrictions on our ability to make further borrowings and to sell substantial portions of our assets. As a result of our settlement with the SEC and final court decree in August 2009, for a period of three years, or such earlier time as we are able to obtain a waiver from the SEC, (i) we are no longer qualified as a “well known seasoned issuer” (“WKSI”) as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, and cannot take advantage of the benefits available to a WKSI, which include expedited registration and access to the capital markets, (ii) we cannot rely on the safe harbor provisions regarding forward-looking statements provided by the regulations issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (iii) we cannot utilize Regulation A or D. However, we have an effective $1 billion multi-security shelf registration statement on file with the SEC that allows for easier access to the capital markets. Cash Flows Cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $19.1 million, compared to cash used in operations of $610.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The change in cash from operating activities was primarily driven by improved operating income, less cash used for working capital and tax refunds received in 2011. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $592.5 million, compared to $903.8 million cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010. The change in cash from investing activities was primarily due to the purchase of Demag Cranes AG partially offset by the proceeds from the sale of Bucyrus International common stock in 2011 combined with the proceeds from the sale of the Mining business in February 2010. Cash provided by financing activities was $454.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $315.7 million. The change was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt in connection with a new credit facility offset in part by the repayment of long-term debt, both occurring in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to repayment of long-term debt in the year ended December 31, 2010. 63 Contractual Obligations The following table sets out our specified contractual obligations at December 31, 2011 (in millions): Total < 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years > 5 years Payments due by period Long-term debt obligations $ 3,048.1 $ 225.1 $ 376.6 $ 873.9 $ 1,572.5 Capital lease obligations Operating lease obligations Purchase obligations (1) 2.2 260.4 709.9 Total $ 4,020.6 $ 1.1 61.7 568.1 856.0 1.0 86.1 24.1 0.1 52.9 38.9 — 59.7 78.8 $ 487.8 $ 965.8 $ 1,711.0 (1) Purchase obligations include non-cancellable and cancellable commitments. In many cases, cancellable commitments contain penalty provisions for cancellation. Long-term debt obligations include expected interest expense. Interest expense is calculated using fixed interest rates for indebtedness that has fixed rates and the implied forward rates as of December 31, 2011 for indebtedness that has floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, our liability for uncertain income tax positions was $156.7 million. With respect to our tax audits worldwide, it is reasonably possible that we will make payments in 2012 of up to $18.9 million. Payments may be made in part to mitigate the accrual of interest in connection with income tax audit assessments that may be issued and that we would contest, or may in part be made to settle the matter with the tax authorities. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash flows associated with the remaining liabilities, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the amount and period in which these remaining liabilities might be paid. Additionally, at December 31, 2011, we had outstanding letters of credit that totaled $289.3 million and had issued $126.4 million in credit guarantees of customer financing to purchase equipment, $13.5 million in residual value guarantees and $103.4 million in buyback guarantees. We maintain defined benefit pension plans for some of our operations in the United States and Europe. It is our policy to fund the retirement plans at the minimum level required by applicable regulations. In 2011, we made cash contributions and payments to the retirement plans of $28.7 million, and we estimate that our retirement plan contributions will be approximately $30 million in 2012. Changes in market conditions, changes in our funding levels or actions by governmental agencies may result in accelerated funding requirements in future periods. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS Guarantees Our customers, from time to time, fund the acquisition of our equipment through third-party finance companies. In certain instances, we may provide a credit guarantee to the finance company by which we agree to make payments to the finance company should the customer default. Our maximum liability is generally limited to our customer’s remaining payments due to the finance company at the time of default. In the event of a customer default, we are generally able to recover and dispose of the equipment at a minimum loss, if any, to us. As of December 31, 2011, our maximum exposure to such credit guarantees was $126.4 million, including total credit guarantees issued by Terex Demag GmbH and Sichuan Changjiang Engineering Crane Co., Ltd, both part of our Cranes segment, and Genie, part of our AWP segment, of $60.4 million, $34.4 million and $18.0 million, respectively. The terms of these guarantees coincide with the financing arranged by the customer and generally do not exceed five years. Given our position as the original equipment manufacturer and our knowledge of end markets, when called upon to fulfill a guarantee, we have generally been able to liquidate the financed equipment at a minimal loss, if any. There can be no assurance that historical credit default experience will be indicative of future results. Our ability to recover losses experienced from our guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in effect at the time of loss. 64 We issue, from time to time, residual value guarantees under sales-type leases. A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date. As described in Note Q – “Litigations and Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, our maximum exposure related to residual value guarantees under sales-type leases was $13.5 million at December 31, 2011. We are generally able to mitigate the risk associated with these guarantees because the maturity of the guarantees is staggered, which limits the amount of used equipment entering the marketplace at any one time. We guarantee, from time to time, that we will buy equipment from our customers in the future at a stated price if certain conditions are met by the customer. Such guarantees are referred to as buyback guarantees. These conditions generally pertain to the functionality and state of repair of the machine. As of December 31, 2011, our maximum exposure pursuant to buyback guarantees was $103.4 million. We are generally able to mitigate the risk of these guarantees by staggering the timing of the buybacks and through leveraging our access to the used equipment markets provided by our original equipment manufacturer status. We have recorded an aggregate liability within Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet of approximately $12 million for the estimated fair value of all guarantees provided as of December 31, 2011. There can be no assurance that our historical experience in used equipment markets will be indicative of future results. Our ability to recover losses from our guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in the used equipment markets at the time of loss. CONTINGENCIES AND UNCERTAINTIES Foreign Currencies and Interest Rate Risk Our products are sold in over 100 countries around the world and, accordingly, our revenues are generated in foreign currencies, while the costs associated with those revenues are only partly incurred in the same currencies. The major foreign currencies, among others, in which we do business are the Euro and British Pound. We may, from time to time, hedge specifically identified committed and forecasted cash flows in foreign currencies using forward currency sale or purchase contracts. At December 31, 2011, we had foreign exchange contracts with a notional value of $587.1 million. We manage exposure to interest rates by incurring a mix of indebtedness bearing interest at both floating and fixed rates at inception and maintaining an ongoing balance between floating and fixed rates on this mix of indebtedness using interest rate swaps when necessary. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” below for a discussion of the impact that changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates may have on our financial performance. Certain of our obligations, including our senior subordinated notes, bear interest at a fixed interest rate. In November 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to convert $400 million of the principal amount of our 8% Notes to floating rates. The floating rate is based on a spread of 2.81% over London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”). At December 31, 2011, the floating rate was 3.27%. In a prior year, we entered into an interest rate agreement to convert a fixed rate to a floating rate with respect to $200 million of the principal amount of our 7-3/8% Notes. To maintain an appropriate balance between floating and fixed rate obligations on our mix of debt, we exited this interest rate swap agreement on January 15, 2007 and paid $5.4 million. We recorded this loss as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged debt and amortized it through January 18, 2011, when we repaid the outstanding portion of the 7-3/8% Notes. Other We are subject to a number of contingencies and uncertainties including, without limitation, product liability claims, intellectual property claims, self-insurance obligations, tax examinations, guarantees, class action lawsuits and the matters described above in Item 3 - “Legal Proceedings.” We are insured for product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property damage, intellectual property and other insurable risk required by law or contract with retained liability to us or deductibles. Many of the exposures are unasserted or proceedings are at a preliminary stage, and it is not presently possible to estimate the amount or timing of any of our costs. However, we do not believe that these contingencies and uncertainties will, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our operations. For contingencies and uncertainties other than income taxes, when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and possible to make reasonable estimates of our liability with respect to such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or for the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. 65 We generate hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in the normal course of our manufacturing operations. As a result, we are subject to a wide range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. All of our employees are required to obey all applicable national, local or other health, safety and environmental laws and regulations and must observe the proper safety rules and environmental practices in work situations. These laws and regulations govern actions that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, and require compliance with certain practices when handling and disposing of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. These laws and regulations would also impose liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up sites, past spills, disposals and other releases of hazardous substances, should any of such events occur. We are committed to complying with these standards and monitoring our workplaces to determine if equipment, machinery and facilities meet specified safety standards. Each of our facilities is subject to an environmental audit at least once every three years to monitor compliance and no incidents have occurred which required us to pay material amounts to comply with such laws and regulations. We are dedicated to seeing that safety and health hazards are adequately addressed through appropriate work practices, training and procedures. For example, we have significantly reduced lost time injuries in the workplace since 2007 and we continue to work toward a world-class level of safety practices in our industry. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK We are exposed to certain market risks that exist as part of our ongoing business operations and we use derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage these risks. As a matter of policy, we do not engage in trading or speculative transactions. For further information on accounting policies related to derivative financial instruments, refer to Note K – “Derivative Financial Instruments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Foreign Exchange Risk We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency cash flows related to third-party purchases and sales, intercompany product shipments and intercompany loans. We are also exposed to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency investments in subsidiaries and cash flows related to repatriation of these investments. Additionally, we are exposed to volatility in the translation of foreign currency earnings to U.S. Dollars. Primary exposures include the U.S. Dollar when compared to functional currencies of our major markets, which include the Euro and British Pound. We assess foreign currency risk based on transactional cash flows, identify naturally offsetting positions and purchase hedging instruments to partially offset anticipated exposures. At December 31, 2011, we had foreign exchange contracts with a notional value of $587.1 million. The fair market value of these arrangements, which represents the cost to settle these contracts, was a net loss of $5.9 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, we performed a sensitivity analysis on the effect that aggregate changes in the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes would have on our operating income. Based on this sensitivity analysis, we have determined that a change in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to currencies outside the U.S. by 10% to amounts already incorporated in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 would have had an approximately $1 million impact on the translation effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes already included in our reported operating income for the period. Interest Rate Risk We are exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate, LIBOR and EURIBOR. We manage interest rate risk by incurring a mix of indebtedness bearing interest at both floating and fixed rates at inception and maintain an ongoing balance between floating and fixed rates on this mix of indebtedness using interest rate swaps when necessary. At December 31, 2011, approximately 63% of our debt was floating rate debt and the weighted average interest rate for all debt was approximately 6.43%. Certain of our obligations, including our senior subordinated notes, bear interest at a fixed interest rate. In November 2007, we entered into an interest rate agreement to convert $400 million of the principal amount of our 8% Notes to floating rates. The floating rate is based on a spread of 2.81% over LIBOR. At December 31, 2011, the floating rate was 3.27%. In a prior year, we entered into an interest rate agreement to convert a fixed rate to a floating rate with respect to $200 million of the principal amount of our 7-3/8% Notes. To maintain an appropriate balance between floating and fixed rate obligations on our mix of debt, we exited this interest rate swap agreement on January 15, 2007 and paid $5.4 million. We recorded this loss as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged debt and amortized it through January 15, 2011, which was the effective date that the hedged debt was extinguished. 66 At December 31, 2011, we performed a sensitivity analysis for our derivatives and other financial instruments that have interest rate risk. We calculated the pretax earnings effect on our interest sensitive instruments. Based on this sensitivity analysis, we have determined that an increase of 10% in our average floating interest rates at December 31, 2011 would have increased interest expense by approximately $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Commodities Risk Principal materials and components that we use in our various manufacturing processes include steel, castings, engines, tires, hydraulics, cylinders, drive trains, electric controls and motors, and a variety of other commodities and fabricated or manufactured items. Extreme movements in the cost and availability of these materials and components may affect our financial performance. Input costs continue to be a challenge, particularly in AWP where input costs stabilized in the fourth quarter of 2011, but remain higher compared to the prior year and in our truck business in Construction where tires have been an issue. Component availability is still impacting us, particularly certain of our Construction businesses, although this was less prevalent in the second half of 2011 than earlier in the year. In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from multiple suppliers. However, certain of our businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative suppliers of such materials may be generally available. Current and potential suppliers are evaluated on a regular basis on their ability to meet our requirements and standards. We actively manage our material supply sourcing, and may employ various methods to limit risk associated with commodity cost fluctuations and availability. The inability of suppliers, especially any single source suppliers for a particular business, to deliver materials and components promptly could result in production delays and increased costs to manufacture our products. We have designed and implemented plans to mitigate the impact of these risks by using alternate suppliers, expanding our supply base to include Asian suppliers, leveraging our overall purchasing volumes to obtain favorable quantities and developing a closer working relationship with key suppliers. We continue to search for acceptable alternative supply sources and less expensive supply options on a regular basis, including improving the globalization of our supply base and using suppliers in China and India. We are focusing on gaining efficiencies with suppliers based on our global purchasing power and resources. 67 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The report of our independent registered public accounting firm and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule are filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included later in this report. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page F-1. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data Summarized quarterly financial data for 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in millions, except per share amounts): Net sales Gross profit Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Per share: Basic Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Diluted Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation 2011 2010 Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First $ 1,956.6 $ 1,803.6 $ 1,488.2 $ 1,256.2 $ 1,326.6 $ 1,075.8 $ 1,079.9 $ 935.9 302.6 275.6 214.9 167.2 185.6 163.9 155.0 98.5 (4.2) 36.9 — 1.3 (2.9) — — 36.9 0.9 (0.6) (0.8) (0.5) 5.0 6.4 0.3 11.7 (32.5) (90.9) (13.1) (79.0) (8.2) (3.4) (2.2) (1.5) (4.6) (45.3) (1.5) (95.8) (25.0) (40.3) 620.4 539.9 $ (0.04) $ 0.34 $ 0.01 $ 0.05 $ (0.30) $ (0.84) $ (0.12) $ (0.73) — 0.01 — — — 0.06 (0.08) (0.03) (0.02) (0.01) (0.01) — (0.04) (0.01) (0.23) (0.03) 0.34 — 0.11 (0.42) (0.88) (0.37) $ (0.04) $ 0.33 $ 0.01 $ 0.04 $ (0.3) $ (0.84) $ (0.12) $ (0.73) — 0.01 — — — 0.06 (0.08) (0.03) (0.02) (0.01) (0.01) — (0.04) (0.01) (0.23) (0.03) 0.33 — 0.10 (0.42) (0.88) (0.37) 5.72 4.98 5.72 4.98 The accompanying unaudited quarterly financial data has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States for interim financial information and with Item 302 of Regulation S-K. In our opinion, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement have been made and were of a normal recurring nature. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE Not applicable. 68 ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosure. In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10- K, our management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and CFO, as of December 31, 2011, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management has conducted an assessment, including testing, of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission . Based on this assessment, the Company’s management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, management has excluded Demag Cranes AG and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Demag Cranes AG”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2011. The Demag Cranes AG companies are majority-owned subsidiaries whose total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 represent approximately 9% of the Company’s consolidated total revenue for the same period and their assets represent approximately 15% of the Company’s consolidated assets as of December 31, 2011. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING As a result of the acquisition of Demag Cranes AG, there were changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Such changes included, interfacing the financial systems of Demag Cranes AG with our systems and implementing procedures to convert the financial results of Demag Cranes AG from International Financial Reporting Standards to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We are continuing to augment our existing controls to reflect the risks inherent in an acquisition of this magnitude and complexity. Except as described above, there were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 69 The effectiveness of any system of controls and procedures is subject to certain limitations, and, as a result, there can be no assurance that our controls and procedures will detect all errors or fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system will be attained. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table summarizes information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011: Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders Total Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) 826,193 (1) — 826,193 (1) $18.89 — $18.89 Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) 3,461,966 — 3,461,966 (1) This does not include 3,134,940 of restricted stock awards, which are also not included in the calculation of the weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights in column (b) of this table. The other information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 70 ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the definitive Terex Corporation Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) (1) and (2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules. See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule” on Page F-1. (3) Exhibits See “Exhibit Index” on Page E-1. 71 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. TEREX CORPORATION By: /s/ Ronald M. DeFeo February 29, 2012 Ronald M. DeFeo Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. NAME /s/ Ronald M. DeFeo Ronald M. DeFeo /s/ Phillip C. Widman Phillip C. Widman /s/ Mark I. Clair Mark I. Clair /s/ G. Chris Andersen G. Chris Andersen /s/ Paula H. J. Cholmondeley Paula H. J. Cholmondeley /s/ Don DeFosset Don DeFosset /s/ Thomas J. Hansen Thomas J. Hansen /s/ David A. Sachs David A. Sachs /s/ Oren G. Shaffer Oren G. Shaffer /s/ David C. Wang David C. Wang /s/ Scott W. Wine Scott W. Wine TITLE Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) DATE February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 Lead Director February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 February 29, 2012 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 72 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK NEXT PAGE IS NUMBERED “E-1” 73 EXHIBIT INDEX 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 10.1 10.2 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form S-1 Registration Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 33-52297). Certificate of Elimination with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Terex Corporation dated September 5, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Terex Corporation dated July 17, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated July 17, 2007 and filed with the Commission on July 17, 2007). Amended and Restated Bylaws of Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated December 8, 2011 and filed with the Commission on December 13, 2011). Indenture, dated July 20, 2007, between Terex Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee, relating to senior debt securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Form S-3 Registration Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 333-144796). Indenture, dated July 20, 2007, between Terex Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee, relating to subordinated debt securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Form S-3 Registration Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 333-144796). Supplemental Indenture, dated November 13, 2007, between Terex Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, National Association relating to 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated November 13, 2007 and filed with the Commission on December 14, 2007). Supplemental Indenture, dated June 3, 2009, between Terex Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, National Association relating to 10-7/8% Senior Notes Due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated June 3, 2009 and filed with the Commission on June 8, 2009). Second Supplemental Indenture, dated June 3, 2009, between Terex Corporation and HSBC Bank USA, National Association relating to 4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated June 3, 2009 and filed with the Commission on June 8, 2009). Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2011, to the Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 3, 2009 to the Senior Debt Indenture dated as of July 20, 2007, with HSBC Bank USA, National Association as Trustee relating to the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated February 7, 2011 and filed with the Commission on February 10, 2011). Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2011, to the Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 13, 2007 to the Subordinated Debt Indenture dated as of July 20, 2007, with HSBC Bank USA, National Association as Trustee relating to the 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated February 7, 2011 and filed with the Commission on February 10, 2011). Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2011, to the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 3, 2009 to the Subordinated Debt Indenture dated as of July 20, 2007, with HSBC Bank USA, National Association as Trustee relating to the 4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated February 7, 2011 and filed with the Commission on February 10, 2011). Terex Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). 1996 Terex Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form S-8 Registration Statement of Terex Corporation, Registration No. 333-03983). E-1 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 Amendment No. 1 to 1996 Terex Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Amendment No. 2 to 1996 Terex Corporation Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Terex Corporation Amended and Restated 2000 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 14, 2008 and filed with the Commission on October 17, 2008). Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the Terex Corporation 2000 Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2000 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated January 1, 2005 and filed with the Commission on January 5, 2005). Form of Option Agreement under the Terex Corporation 2000 Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2000 Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated January 1, 2005 and filed with the Commission on January 5, 2005). Terex Corporation Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Summary of material terms of non-CEO 2010 performance targets (incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated March 3, 2010 and filed with the Commission on March 9, 2010). Summary of material terms of CEO 2010 performance targets (incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated March 18, 2010 and filed with the Commission on March 22, 2010). Terex Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Amendment to the Terex Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 14, 2008 and filed with the Commission on October 17, 2008). Terex Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 14, 2008 and filed with the Commission on October 17, 2008). Amendment to the Terex Corporation 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated December 12, 2008 and filed with the Commission on December 16, 2008). Summary of material terms of Terex Corporation Outside Directors' Compensation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated November 23, 2010 and filed with the Commission on November 30, 2010). Terex Corporation Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated May 12, 2011 and filed with the Commission on May 17, 2011). Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (time based) under the Terex Corporation Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan.* Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (performance based) under the Terex Corporation Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan between Terex Corporation and participants of the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan.* Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 5, 2011, among Terex Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries, the Lenders named therein and Credit Suisse AG, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated August 5, 2011 and filed with the Commission August 10, 2011). Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of August 11, 2011, among Terex Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries, and Credit Suisse AG, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated August 11, 2011 and filed with the Commission August 16, 2011). E-2 10.21 10.22 10.23 10.24 10.25 10.26 10.27 12 21.1 23.1 24.1 31.1 31.2 32 Credit Facility Agreement dated November 18, 2010, among Demag Cranes AG, certain of its subsidiaries, the Lenders named therein and Unicredit Bank AG, London Branch, as Facility Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Waiver Letter dated June 16, 2011 amending the Credit Facility Agreement dated November 18, 2010, among Demag Cranes AG, certain of its subsidiaries, the Lenders named therein and Unicredit Bank AG, London Branch, as Facility Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 of Terex Corporation, Commission File No. 1-10702). Business Combination Agreement dated June 16, 2011, among Terex Corporation, Terex Industrial Holding AG and Demag Cranes AG (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated June 16, 2011 and filed with the Commission on June 21, 2011). Amended and Restated Employment and Compensation Agreement, dated October 14, 2008, between Terex Corporation and Ronald M. DeFeo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 14, 2008 and filed with the Commission on October 17, 2008). Life Insurance Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2006, between Terex Corporation and Ronald M. DeFeo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated October 13, 2006 and filed with the Commission on October 16, 2006). Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between Terex Corporation and certain executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated March 29, 2011 and filed with the Commission on March 31, 2011). Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement between Terex Corporation and certain executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Form 8-K Current Report, Commission File No. 1-10702, dated March 29, 2011 and filed with the Commission on March 31, 2011). Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. * Subsidiaries of Terex Corporation. * Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Stamford, Connecticut. * Power of Attorney. * Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). * Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). * Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes –Oxley Act of 2002. * 101.INS XBRL Instance Document. ** 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. ** 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. ** 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. ** 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. ** 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. ** * ** Exhibit filed with this document. Exhibit furnished with this document. E-3 TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE TEREX CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010 AND FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED December 31, 2011 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statement of Income Consolidated Balance Sheet Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves Page F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-60 All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions, or are not applicable, and therefore have been omitted. F-1 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Terex Corporation In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Terex Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A, management has excluded Demag Cranes AG and its consolidated subsidiaries from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2011. We have also excluded Demag Cranes AG and its consolidated subsidiaries from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Demag Cranes AG and its consolidated subsidiaries are majority-owned subsidiaries of Terex Corporation whose total revenues and total assets represent approximately 9% and 15%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. /s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Stamford, Connecticut February 29, 2012 F-2 TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (in millions, except per share data) Year Ended December 31, 2010 2009 $ 3,858.4 (3,561.4) 297.0 (698.7) (401.7) Net sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit Selling, general and administrative expenses Income (loss) from operations Other income (expense) Interest income Interest expense Loss on early extinguishment of debt Amortization of debt issuance costs Other income (expense) – net Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes (Provision for) benefit from income taxes Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Amounts attributable to Terex Corporation common stockholders: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Basic Earnings (Loss) per Share Attributable to Terex Corporation Common Stockholders: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share Attributable to Terex Corporation Common Stockholders: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Weighted average number of shares outstanding in per share calculation Basic Diluted 2011 6,504.6 (5,544.3) 960.3 (879.1) 81.2 14.3 (134.9) (7.7) (8.1) 139.7 84.5 (50.4) 34.1 5.8 0.8 40.7 4.5 45.2 38.6 5.8 0.8 45.2 0.35 0.05 0.01 0.41 0.35 0.05 0.01 0.41 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 4,418.2 (3,815.3) 602.9 (676.7) (73.8) 9.8 (145.4) (1.4) (7.9) (19.6) (238.3) 26.8 (211.5) (15.3) 589.3 362.5 (4.0) 358.5 (215.5) (15.3) 589.3 358.5 (1.98) (0.14) 5.42 $ $ $ $ 3.30 $ $ (1.98) (0.14) 5.42 3.30 $ 109.5 110.7 108.7 108.7 4.9 (119.4) (3.3) (5.0) 0.7 (523.8) 117.4 (406.4) 21.7 (12.6) (397.3) (1.1) (398.4) (407.5) 21.7 (12.6) (398.4) (3.97) 0.21 (0.12) (3.88) (3.97) 0.21 (0.12) (3.88) 102.6 102.6 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. F-3 TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (in millions, except par value) December 31, 2011 2010 Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Investments in marketable securities Trade receivables (net of allowance of $42.5 and $46.8 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively) Inventories Deferred taxes Other current assets Total current assets Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment – net Goodwill Intangible assets – net Deferred taxes Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt Trade accounts payable Accrued compensation and benefits Accrued warranties and product liability Customer advances Income taxes payable Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Long-term debt, less current portion Retirement plans Other non-current liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies Stockholders’ equity Common stock, $.01 par value – authorized 300.0 shares; issued 121.9 and 121.2 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income Less cost of shares of common stock in treasury – 13.1 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010 Total Terex Corporation stockholders’ equity Noncontrolling interest Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ $ 774.1 3.0 894.2 521.4 782.5 1,448.7 23.4 298.7 3,968.9 573.5 492.9 140.4 90.5 250.2 5,516.4 346.8 570.0 128.5 86.4 95.8 186.8 259.9 1,674.2 1,339.5 155.0 236.3 3,405.0 1,178.1 1,758.1 81.8 218.4 4,013.5 835.5 1,258.8 519.5 70.2 353.2 7,050.7 77.0 764.6 222.3 111.0 223.2 185.3 308.3 1,891.7 2,223.4 344.6 406.5 4,866.2 $ $ 1.2 1,271.8 1,361.9 (129.4) (599.1) 1,906.4 278.1 2,184.5 7,050.7 $ 1.2 1,264.2 1,316.7 100.4 (599.3) 2,083.2 28.2 2,111.4 5,516.4 $ $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. F-4 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in millions) Outstanding Shares Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Common Stock in Treasury Non- controlling Interest Total Balance at December 31, 2008 94.0 $ $ 1,046.2 $ 1,356.6 $ (82.3) $ (599.9) $ 22.2 $ 1,743.9 (398.4) — Net (Loss) Income Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – net of tax: Translation adjustment Pension liability adjustment Derivative hedging adjustment Comprehensive Loss Issuance of Common Stock Compensation under Stock-based Plans – net Acquisition Purchase of noncontrolling interest Distributions to noncontrolling interest Issuance of convertible debt – net of tax Acquisition of Treasury Stock Balance at December 31, 2009 Net Income Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – net of tax: Translation adjustment Pension liability adjustment Derivative hedging adjustment Debt and equity security adjustment Comprehensive Income Issuance of Common Stock Compensation under Stock-based Plans – net Acquisition Divestiture Purchase of noncontrolling interest Distributions to noncontrolling interest Acquisition of Treasury Stock Balance at December 31, 2010 Net Income (Loss) Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) – net of tax: Translation adjustment Pension liability adjustment Derivative hedging adjustment Debt and equity security adjustment Comprehensive Loss Issuance of Common Stock Compensation under Stock-based Plans – net Acquisition Purchase of noncontrolling interest Distributions to noncontrolling interest Acquisition of Treasury Stock Balance at December 31, 2011 — — — — 13.3 — — — — — — 107.3 — — — — — 0.8 0.1 — — — — (0.1) 108.1 — — — — — 0.7 0.1 — — — (0.1) 1.1 — — — — 0.1 — — — — — — 1.2 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1.2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 186.5 (15.4) — 1.2 — 35.0 — 1,253.5 — — — — — 27.5 (3.8) — — (13.0) — — — — — — — — — — — — 958.2 358.5 — — — — — — — — — — — 1,264.2 1,316.7 — — — — — 26.5 (13.7) — (5.2) — — 45.2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1.4 — — — — (0.2) (598.7) — — — — — — 1.9 — — — — (2.5) (599.3) — — — — — — 2.6 — — — (2.4) 2.3 (396.1) — — — — — 9.7 (2.9) (7.1) — — 24.2 4.0 0.1 — — — — — 7.5 (3.6) (0.6) (3.4) — 28.2 (4.5) 139.6 (18.7) (2.6) (277.8) 186.6 (14.0) 9.7 (1.7) (7.1) 35.0 (0.2) 1,674.4 362.5 (65.8) 28.0 1.5 100.8 427.0 27.5 (1.9) 7.5 (3.6) (13.6) (3.4) (2.5) 2,111.4 40.7 (0.9) (105.8) — — — — — 258.3 (1.3) (1.7) — (23.5) (1.5) (99.9) (190.0) 26.5 (11.1) 258.3 (6.5) (1.7) (2.4) 139.6 (18.7) (2.6) — — — — — — — 36.0 — (65.9) 28.0 1.5 100.8 — — — — — — — 100.4 — (104.9) (23.5) (1.5) (99.9) — — — — — — 108.8 $ 1.2 $ 1,271.8 $ 1,361.9 $ (129.4) $ (599.1) $ 278.1 $ 2,184.5 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-5 TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (in millions) OPERATING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS Net income (loss) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash (used in) provided by operating activities: Discontinued operations Depreciation and amortization Deferred taxes Gain on sale of assets Stock-based compensation expense Other non-cash charges Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisitions and divestitures): Trade receivables Inventories Trade accounts payable Income taxes payable / receivable Other assets and liabilities Other operating activities, net Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations INVESTING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS Capital expenditures Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired Investments in and advances to affiliates Proceeds from disposition of discontinued operations Investments in derivative securities Proceeds from sale of assets Other investing activities, net Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities of continuing operations FINANCING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS Principal repayments of debt Proceeds from issuance of debt Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net Payment of debt issuance costs Purchase of noncontrolling interest Distributions to noncontrolling interest Other financing activities, net Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations CASH FLOWS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities of discontinued operations Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of discontinued operations Net cash used in financing activities of discontinued operations Net cash used in discontinued operations Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ 40.7 $ 362.5 $ (397.3) (6.6) 126.6 (2.0) (173.5) 23.4 96.4 (181.2) (26.1) 64.6 74.4 (56.3) 38.7 19.1 (79.1) (1,035.2) — 0.5 (16.1) 539.6 (2.2) (592.5) (444.2) 926.7 — (26.6) (6.3) — 4.6 454.2 — — — — (0.9) (120.1) 894.2 (574.0) 104.8 108.0 (3.3) 34.9 101.8 (215.1) (194.2) 36.1 (143.6) (213.6) (14.4) (610.1) (55.0) (12.8) (19.3) 1,002.0 (21.1) 10.0 — 903.8 (365.5) 73.9 — (7.8) (12.9) (3.4) — (315.7) (53.1) 0.1 — (53.0) (2.0) (77.0) 971.2 $ 774.1 $ 894.2 $ (9.1) 93.4 (131.9) (1.9) 31.8 91.5 293.7 448.3 (392.8) (63.1) (64.1) 60.9 (40.6) (50.4) (9.8) — — — 6.1 — (54.1) (685.0) 1,114.3 156.3 (17.2) (1.7) (7.1) (0.8) 558.8 2.9 (7.0) (0.2) (4.3) 27.0 486.8 484.4 971.2 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. F-6 TEREX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2011 (dollar amounts in millions, unless otherwise noted, except per share amounts) NOTE A – BASIS OF PRESENTATION Principles of Consolidation. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Terex Corporation and its majority- owned subsidiaries (“Terex” or the “Company”). The Company consolidates all majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries, applies the equity method of accounting for investments in which the Company is able to exercise significant influence, and applies the cost method for all other investments. All material intercompany balances, transactions and profits have been eliminated. On August 16, 2011, the Company acquired a majority interest in the shares of Demag Cranes AG. The results of Demag Cranes AG and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Demag Cranes AG”) comprise the Material Handling & Port Solutions (“MHPS”) segment since the date of acquisition. See Note I - “Acquisitions.” Reclassification. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. Effective July 1, 2011, the Company’s bridge inspection equipment, which was formerly included in the Construction segment, is now included in the Aerial Work Platforms (“AWP”) segment. The Company has changed the presentation of its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Income tax receivables have been netted against income taxes payable. Certain borrowings and repayments of debt have been reported on a gross basis; these cash flows were reported on a net basis previously. The Company has reclassified the impact of certain non-cash items on Trade receivables and Inventories and has also combined certain line items within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company believes that these changes provide a clearer presentation of the Company’s cash flows. On February 19, 2010, the Company completed the disposition of its Mining business to Bucyrus International, Inc. (“Bucyrus”). The results of the Mining business were consolidated within the former Materials Processing & Mining Segment. On December 31, 2009, the Company sold the assets of its construction trailer business. The results of this business were formerly consolidated within the AWP segment. In March 2010, the Company sold the assets of its Powertrain pumps business and gears business. The results of these businesses were formerly consolidated within the Construction segment. On March 10, 2010, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of its Atlas heavy construction equipment and knuckle-boom cranes businesses (collectively, “Atlas”) to Atlas Maschinen GmbH (“Atlas Maschinen”). The results of these businesses were formerly consolidated within the Construction and Cranes segments, respectively. The Company completed the portion of this transaction related to the operations in Germany on April 15, 2010 and the operations in the United Kingdom on August 11, 2010. Due to the divestiture of these businesses, the reporting of these businesses has been included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note D – “Discontinued Operations” for further information on the sales of these businesses. Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates. Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value. Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2011 and 2010 include $14.2 million and $16.3 million, respectively, which were not immediately available for use. These consist primarily of cash balances held in escrow to secure various obligations of the Company. F-7 Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) value. Cost is determined principally by the average cost method and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) (approximately 58% and 42% , respectively). In valuing inventory, the Company is required to make assumptions regarding the level of reserves required to value potentially obsolete or over-valued items at the lower of cost or market. These assumptions require the Company to analyze the aging of and forecasted demand for its inventory, forecast future products sales prices, pricing trends and margins, and to make judgments and estimates regarding obsolete or excess inventory. Future product sales prices, pricing trends and margins are based on the best available information at that time including actual orders received, negotiations with the Company’s customers for future orders, including their plans for expenditures, and market trends for similar products. The Company’s judgments and estimates for excess or obsolete inventory are based on analysis of actual and forecasted usage. The valuation of used equipment taken in trade from customers requires the Company to use the best information available to determine the value of the equipment to potential customers. This value is subject to change based on numerous conditions. Inventory reserves are established taking into account age, frequency of use, or sale, and in the case of repair parts, the installed base of machines. While calculations are made involving these factors, significant management judgment regarding expectations for future events is involved. Future events that could significantly influence the Company’s judgment and related estimates include general economic conditions in markets where the Company’s products are sold, new equipment price fluctuations, actions of the Company’s competitors, including the introduction of new products and technological advances, as well as new products and design changes the Company introduces. The Company makes adjustments to its inventory reserve based on the identification of specific situations and increases its inventory reserves accordingly. As further changes in future economic or industry conditions occur, the Company will revise the estimates that were used to calculate its inventory reserves. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, reserves for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory totaled $120.1 million and $106.7 million, respectively. If actual conditions are less favorable than those the Company has projected, the Company will increase its reserves for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory accordingly. Any increase in the Company’s reserves will adversely impact its results of operations. The establishment of a reserve for LCM, excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such reserves are not reduced until the product is sold. Debt Issuance Costs. Debt issuance costs incurred in securing the Company’s financing arrangements are capitalized and amortized over the term of the associated debt. Capitalized debt issuance costs related to debt that is extinguished early are charged to expense at the time of retirement. Debt issuance costs were $42.7 million and $25.8 million (net of accumulated amortization of $11.9 million and $12.8 million) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Intangible Assets. Intangible assets include purchased patents, trademarks, customer relationships and other specifically identifiable assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated useful lives, which range from one to forty-five years. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when circumstances warrant. Goodwill. Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) and liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. The Company selected October 1 as the date for the required annual impairment test. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information with similar economic characteristics is available and the operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s management. The AWP, Construction, Cranes and MP operating segments plus the Material Handling business (including services) and Port Technology business of MHPS, comprise the six reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes. The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350),” (“ASU 2011-08”) at the beginning of its fourth quarter of 2011 on a prospective basis. See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” below. ASU 2011-08 allows us to first assess, qualitatively, whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test as described below. If we believe, as a result of our qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment process is required. We have the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test. F-8 The quantitative goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step process. The first step used to identify potential impairment involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company uses an income approach derived from a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. The aggregate fair value of the Company’s reporting units is compared to the Company’s market capitalization on the valuation date to assess its reasonableness. The initial recognition of goodwill, as well as the annual review of the carrying value of goodwill, requires that the Company develop estimates of future business performance. These estimates are used to derive expected cash flow and include assumptions regarding future sales levels and the level of working capital needed to support a given business. The Company relies on data developed by business segment management as well as macroeconomic data in making these calculations. The discounted cash flow model also includes a determination of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. The cost of capital is based on assumptions about interest rates as well as a risk-adjusted rate of return required by the Company’s equity investors. Changes in these estimates can impact the present value of the expected cash flow that is used in determining the fair value of acquired intangible assets as well as the overall expected value of a given business. The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. There were no indicators of goodwill impairment in the tests performed as of October 1, 2011, 2010 and 2009. See Note J – “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements are capitalized while expenditures for maintenance and repairs not expected to extend the life of an asset beyond its normal useful life are charged to expense when incurred. Plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives (1-40 years and 2-20 years, respectively) of the assets under the straight-line method of depreciation for financial reporting purposes and both straight-line and other methods for tax purposes. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of its long-lived assets, including intangible assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if fair value based on the estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value. Future cash flow projections include assumptions for future sales levels and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The Company uses data developed by business segment management as well as macroeconomic data in making these calculations. The amount of any impairment then recognized would be calculated as the difference between estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. The Company recognized asset impairments of $18.8 million, $11.4 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of which, $8.8 million, $9.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, were recognized as part of restructuring costs. See Note L – “Restructuring and Other Charges.” Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in its existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical customer review and current financial conditions. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts at least quarterly. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. All other balances are reviewed on a pooled basis by type of receivable. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company determines it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. There can be no assurance that the Company’s historical accounts receivable collection experience will be indicative of future results. The Company has off-balance sheet credit exposure related to guarantees provided to financial institutions as disclosed in Note Q - “Litigation and Contingencies.” Substantially all receivables were trade receivables at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Revenue Recognition. Revenue and related costs are generally recorded when products are shipped and invoiced to either independently owned and operated dealers or to customers. Shipping and handling charges are recorded in Cost of goods sold. F-9 Revenue generated in the United States is recognized when title and risk of loss pass from the Company to its customers which generally occurs upon shipment depending upon the shipping terms negotiated. The Company also has a policy which requires it to meet certain criteria in order to recognize revenue, including satisfaction of the following requirements: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; c) Collectibility is reasonably assured; and d) The Company has no significant obligations for future performance. In the United States, the Company has the ability to enter into a security agreement and receive a security interest in the product by filing an appropriate Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) financing statement. However, a significant portion of the Company’s revenue is generated outside of the United States. In many countries outside of the United States, as a matter of statutory law, a seller retains title to a product until payment is made. The laws do not provide for a seller’s retention of a security interest in goods in the same manner as established in the UCC. In these countries, the Company retains title to goods delivered to a customer until the customer makes payment so that the Company can recover the goods in the event of customer default on payment. In these circumstances, where the Company only retains title to secure its recovery in the event of customer default, the Company also has a policy requiring it to meet certain criteria in order to recognize revenue, including satisfaction of the following requirements: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; d) Collectibility is reasonably assured; e) The Company has no significant obligations for future performance; and f) The Company is not entitled to direct the disposition of the goods, cannot rescind the transaction, cannot prohibit the customer from moving, selling, or otherwise using the goods in the ordinary course of business and has no other rights of holding title that rest with a titleholder of property that is subject to a lien under the UCC. In circumstances where the sales transaction requires acceptance by the customer for items such as testing on site, installation, trial period or performance criteria, revenue is not recognized unless the following criteria have been met: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; d) Collectibility is reasonably assured; and e) The customer has given their acceptance, the time period has elapsed or the Company has otherwise objectively demonstrated that the criteria specified in the acceptance provisions have been satisfied. In addition to performance commitments, the Company analyzes factors such as the reason for the purchase to determine if revenue should be recognized. This analysis is done before the product is shipped and includes the evaluation of factors that may affect the conclusion related to the revenue recognition criteria as follows: a) Persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; b) Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) The price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and d) Collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales-type leases is recognized at the inception of the lease. Income from operating leases is recognized ratably over the term of the lease. The Company routinely sells equipment subject to operating leases and the related lease payments. If the Company does not retain a substantial risk of ownership in the equipment, the transaction is recorded as a sale. If the Company does retain a substantial risk of ownership, the transaction is recorded as a borrowing, the operating lease payments are recognized as revenue over the term of the lease and the debt is amortized over a similar period. F-10 The Company, from time to time, issues buyback guarantees in conjunction with certain sales agreements. These primarily relate to trade value agreements (“TVAs”) in which a customer may trade in equipment in the future at a stated price/credit if the customer meets certain conditions. The trade-in price/credit is determined at the time of the original sale of equipment. In conjunction with the trade-in, these conditions include a requirement to purchase new equipment at fair market value at the time of trade-in, which fair value is required to be of equal or greater value than the original equipment cost. Other conditions also include the general functionality and state of repair of the machine. The Company has concluded that any credit provided to customers under a TVA/ buyback guarantee, which is expected to be equal to or less than the fair value of the equipment returned on the trade-in date, is a guarantee to be accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 460, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460”). The original sale of equipment, accompanied by a buyback guarantee, is a multiple element transaction wherein the Company offers its customer the right, after some period of time, for a limited period of time, to exchange purchased equipment for a fixed price trade-in credit toward another of our products. The fixed price trade-in credit is accounted for under the guidance provided by ASC 460. Pursuant to this right, the Company has agreed to make a payment (in the form of a trade-in credit) to the customer contingent upon the customer exercising its right to trade in the original purchased equipment. Under the guidance of ASC 460, the Company records the fixed price trade-in credit at its fair value. Accordingly, as noted above, the Company has accounted for the trade-in credit as a separate deliverable in a multiple element arrangement. Guarantees. The Company records a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantees issued pursuant to ASC 460. The Company recognizes a loss under a guarantee when its obligation to make payment under the guarantee is probable and the amount of the loss can be estimated. A loss would be recognized if the Company’s payment obligation under the guarantee exceeds the value it can expect to recover to offset such payment, primarily through the sale of the equipment underlying the guarantee. Accrued Warranties. The Company records accruals for potential warranty claims based on its claim experience. The Company’s products are typically sold with a standard warranty covering defects that arise during a fixed period. Each business provides a warranty specific to the products it offers. The specific warranty offered by a business is a function of customer expectations and competitive forces. Warranty length is generally a fixed period of time, a fixed number of operating hours, or both. A liability for estimated warranty claims is accrued at the time of sale. The non-current portion of the warranty accrual is included in Other non-current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liability is established using historical warranty claim experience for each product sold. Historical claim experience may be adjusted for known design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. Warranty reserves are reviewed quarterly to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may affect the potential warranty liability. The following table summarizes the changes in the consolidated product warranty liability (in millions): Balance as of December 31, 2009 Accruals for warranties issued during the period Business acquired during the period Changes in estimates Settlements during the year Foreign exchange effect/other Balance as of December 31, 2010 Accruals for warranties issued during the period Business acquired during the period Changes in estimates Settlements during the year Foreign exchange effect/other Balance as of December 31, 2011 $ $ 126.2 74.5 — 0.1 (92.8) (5.0) 103.0 74.9 24.7 11.5 (76.5) (3.5) 134.1 Accrued Product Liability. The Company records accruals for product liability claims when deemed probable and estimable based on facts and circumstances, and prior claim experience. Accruals for product liability claims are valued based upon the Company’s prior claims experience, including consideration of the jurisdiction, circumstances of the accident, type of loss or injury, identity of plaintiff, other potential responsible parties, analysis of outside legal counsel, analysis of internal product liability counsel and the experience of the Company’s director of product safety. Actual product liability costs could be different due to a number of variables such as the decisions of juries or judges. F-11 Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. The Company provides postretirement benefits to certain former salaried and hourly employees and certain hourly employees covered by bargaining unit contracts that provide such benefits. The Company accounts for these benefits under ASC 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires balance sheet recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans. Under ASC 715, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations that have not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. See Note O – “Retirement Plans and Other Benefits.” Deferred Compensation. The Company maintains a Deferred Compensation Plan, which is described more fully in Note O - “Retirement Plans and Other Benefits.” The Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) held in a rabbi trust pursuant to the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan, is treated in a manner similar to treasury stock and is recorded at cost within Stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The plan obligations for participant deferrals in the Company’s Common Stock are classified as Additional paid-in capital within Stockholders’ equity. The total of the Company’s Common Stock required to settle this deferred compensation obligation is included in the denominator in both basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. Stock-Based Compensation. At December 31, 2011, the Company had stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note P - “Stockholders’ Equity.” The Company accounts for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of ASC 718, “Compensation–Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires that expense resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements at fair value. Foreign Currency Translation. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s non-U.S. operations are translated at year-end exchange rates. Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the year. For operations whose functional currency is the local currency, translation adjustments are recorded in the Accumulated other comprehensive income component of Stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recorded in the accounts based on the underlying transaction. Derivatives. Derivative financial instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in earnings or Accumulated other comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated and effective as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction. Gains and losses on derivative instruments reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income are included in earnings in the periods in which earnings are affected by the hedged item. See Note K - “Derivative Financial Instruments.” Environmental Policies. Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations are either expensed or capitalized depending on the nature of the expenditure. Expenditures relating to conditions caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation are expensed. Liabilities are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remedial actions are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Such amounts were not material at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs incurred in the development of new products or significant improvements to existing products are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses. Research and development costs were $73.7 million, $59.9 million and $58.9 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. See Note C – “Income Taxes.” Earnings Per Share. Basic (loss) earnings per share is computed by dividing Net (loss) income attributable to Terex Corporation for the period by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing Net (loss) income attributable to Terex Corporation for the period by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and potential dilutive common shares. See Note E – “Earnings Per Share.” F-12 Fair Value Measurements. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis under the provisions of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure” (“ASC 820”) include interest rate swap and foreign currency forward contracts discussed in Note K - “Derivative Financial Instruments.” These contracts are valued using a market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for those instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s assumptions (unobservable inputs). The hierarchy consists of three levels: Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities; Level 2 - Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and Level 3 - Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity). Determining which category an asset or liability falls within this hierarchy requires judgment. The Company evaluates its hierarchy disclosures each quarter. Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements,” which amended Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, “Revenue Recognition.” This guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how to allocate consideration to each unit of accounting. In an arrangement with multiple deliverables, the delivered item(s) shall be considered a separate unit of accounting if the delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Items have value on a stand-alone basis if they are sold separately by any vendor or the customer could resell the delivered items on a stand-alone basis and if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially in the control of the vendor. Arrangement consideration shall be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables based on their relative selling price, except under certain circumstances such as items recorded at fair value and items not contingent upon delivery of additional items or meeting other specified performance conditions. The selling price for each deliverable shall be determined using vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, if it exists, otherwise third-party evidence of selling price. If neither VSOE nor third-party evidence exists for a deliverable, then the vendor shall use its best estimate of the selling price for that deliverable. This guidance eliminates use of the residual value method for determining allocation of arrangement consideration and it allows for use of an entity’s best estimate to determine selling price if VSOE and third-party evidence cannot be determined. It also requires additional disclosures such as: nature of the arrangement, certain provisions within the arrangement, significant factors used to determine selling prices and timing of revenue recognition related to the arrangement. This guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements,” which amends ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”). This amendment requires new disclosures, including reasons for and amounts of significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements and separate presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of activity for Level 3 fair value measurements. It also clarified guidance related to determining appropriate classes of assets and liabilities and information to be provided for valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This guidance with respect to Level 3 fair value measurements was effective for the Company in its interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” The amendments in this update clarify the acquisition date that should be used for reporting pro forma financial information disclosures in Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented. The amendments also improve usefulness of the pro forma revenue and earnings disclosures by requiring description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination(s). The amendments in this update were effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. F-13 In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs”, which amended ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” This guidance addresses efforts to achieve convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) requirements for measurement of and disclosures about fair value. The amendments are not expected to have a significant impact on companies applying U.S. GAAP. Key provisions of the amendment include: a prohibition on grouping financial instruments for purposes of determining fair value, except when an entity manages market and credit risks on the basis of the entity’s net exposure to the group; an extension of the prohibition against the use of a blockage factor to all fair value measurements (that prohibition currently applies only to financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets); and a requirement that for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements, entities disclose quantitative information about unobservable inputs, a description of the valuation process used and qualitative details about the sensitivity of the measurements. In addition, for items not carried at fair value but for which fair value is disclosed, entities will be required to disclose the level within the fair value hierarchy that applies to the fair value measurement disclosed. This guidance was effective for the Company in its interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” (“ASU 2011-05”) which amends current comprehensive income guidance. This accounting update eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. Instead, the Company must report comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU 2011-05,” (“ASU-2011-12”). ASU 2011-12 defers the requirement that companies present reclassification adjustments for each component of accumulated other comprehensive income in both net income and other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 were effective for the Company on January 1, 2012. Since the provisions of ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 are presentation related only, adoption of ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08. ASU 2011-08 allows entities to first assess qualitatively whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test is required. An entity has the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the goodwill impairment test. The Company elected to early adopt this accounting guidance at the beginning of its fourth quarter of 2011 on a prospective basis for goodwill impairment tests. Adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and interim periods within those annual periods. Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of the Company’s financial results. NOTE B – BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION Terex is a diversified global equipment manufacturer of a variety of capital goods machinery products. The Company is focused on delivering reliable, customer-driven solutions for a wide range of commercial applications, including the construction, infrastructure, quarrying, mining, manufacturing, shipping, transportation, refining, energy and utility industries. The Company operates in five reportable segments: (i) AWP; (ii) Construction; (iii) Cranes; (iv) MHPS; and (v) Materials Processing (“MP”). The AWP segment designs, manufactures, refurbishes, services and markets aerial work platform equipment, telehandlers, light towers, bridge inspection equipment and utility equipment as well as their related replacement parts and components. Customers use these products to construct and maintain industrial, commercial and residential buildings and facilities, construct and maintain utility and telecommunication lines, trim trees, in construction and foundation drilling applications and for other commercial operations, as well as in a wide range of infrastructure projects. Effective July 1, 2011, the Company’s bridge inspection equipment, which was formerly included in the Construction segment, is now included in the AWP segment. F-14 The Construction segment designs, manufactures and markets heavy and compact construction equipment, as well as roadbuilding equipment, including asphalt and concrete equipment and landfill compactors, as well as their related replacement parts and components. Customers use these products in construction and infrastructure projects, in building roads and bridges, in quarrying and mining operations and for material handling applications. The Cranes segment designs, manufactures, services and markets mobile telescopic cranes, tower cranes, lattice boom crawler cranes, lattice boom truck cranes, truck-mounted cranes (boom trucks) and specialized port and rail equipment, including straddle and sprinter carriers, gantry cranes, ship-to-shore cranes, reach stackers, empty container handlers, full container handlers and general cargo lift trucks and forklifts, as well as their related replacement parts and components. Cranes products are used primarily for construction, repair and maintenance of commercial buildings, manufacturing facilities and infrastructure and material handling at port and railway facilities. The Company acquired the port equipment businesses of Reggiane Cranes and Plants S.p.A. and Noell Crane Holding GmbH (collectively, “Terex Port Equipment” or the “Port Equipment Business”) on July 23, 2009. The results of the Port Equipment Business are included in the Cranes segment from its date of acquisition. The MHPS segment designs, manufactures, refurbishes, services and markets industrial cranes, including standard cranes, process cranes, rope and chain hoists, electric motors, light crane systems and crane components and port equipment such as mobile harbor cranes, automated stacking cranes, automated guided vehicles as well as terminal automation technology, including software. The segment operates an extensive global sales and service network. Customers use these products for material handling at manufacturing and port facilities. This segment information is included from August 16, 2011, the date of acquisition of a majority interest in the shares of Demag Cranes AG. See Note I - “Acquisitions.” The MP segment designs, manufactures and markets materials processing equipment, including crushers, washing systems, screens, apron feeders, chippers and related components and replacement parts. Construction, quarrying, mining, recycling, landscaping and government customers use MP products in construction, recycling, landscaping and infrastructure projects, as well as in various quarrying and mining applications. The Company assists customers in their rental, leasing and acquisition of its products through Terex Financial Services (“TFS”). TFS utilizes its equipment and financial leasing experience to provide a variety of financing solutions to the Company’s customers when they purchase equipment manufactured by the Company. The Company has no customers that accounted for more than 10% of consolidated sales in 2011. The results of businesses acquired during 2011, 2010 and 2009 are included from the dates of their respective acquisitions. F-15 Included in Eliminations/Corporate are the eliminations among the five segments, as well as general and corporate items. Business segment information is presented below (in millions): Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ 1,750.0 $ 1,076.3 $ 1,505.6 1,999.7 617.0 682.8 (50.5) 6,504.6 86.3 (18.4) (19.8) (19.2) 59.5 (7.2) 81.2 17.7 25.5 41.4 21.3 5.8 14.9 126.6 14.9 17.5 13.6 16.6 2.6 13.9 79.1 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,081.2 1,780.6 — 533.1 (53.0) 4,418.2 2.8 (52.0) 33.5 — 24.5 (82.6) (73.8) 18.1 28.4 37.9 — 5.7 14.7 104.8 19.4 9.7 13.5 — 2.6 9.8 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 55.0 $ 845.3 832.9 1,890.9 — 353.6 (64.3) 3,858.4 (154.7) (243.4) 103.6 — (49.3) (57.9) (401.7) 17.9 29.6 29.0 — 5.7 11.2 93.4 6.8 5.5 10.9 — 7.2 20.0 50.4 Net Sales AWP Construction Cranes MHPS MP Corporate and Other / Eliminations Total Income (loss) from Operations AWP Construction Cranes MHPS MP Corporate and Other / Eliminations * Total Depreciation and Amortization AWP Construction Cranes MHPS MP Corporate Total Capital Expenditures AWP Construction Cranes MHPS MP Corporate Total * Corporate cost allocation method to segments increased in 2011. F-16 Identifiable Assets AWP Construction Cranes MHPS MP Corporate and Other / Eliminations Total December 31, 2011 2010 $ 1,039.5 $ 1,232.3 2,137.8 2,204.0 928.7 (491.6) 7,050.7 $ 837.2 1,186.8 2,227.8 — 913.2 351.4 $ 5,516.4 Sales between segments are generally priced to recover costs plus a reasonable markup for profit, which is eliminated in consolidation. Geographic segment information is presented below (in millions): Net Sales United States United Kingdom Germany Other European countries All other Total Long-lived Assets United States United Kingdom Germany Other European countries All other Total Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 1,858.3 288.6 582.5 1,320.3 2,454.9 6,504.6 $ $ $ $ 1,191.8 203.6 313.3 891.3 1,818.2 4,418.2 $ $ 1,008.3 246.9 337.4 937.8 1,328.0 3,858.4 December 31, 2011 2010 184.5 36.7 313.3 124.2 176.8 835.5 $ $ 167.1 38.8 127.4 114.4 125.8 573.5 The Company attributes sales to unaffiliated customers in different geographical areas based on the location of the customer. Long-lived assets consist of net fixed assets, which can be attributed to the specific geographic regions. NOTE C – INCOME TAXES The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows (in millions): United States Foreign Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 159.1 (74.6) 84.5 $ $ (159.0) (79.3) (238.3) $ $ (316.2) (207.6) (523.8) F-17 Income (loss) before income taxes including Income (loss) from discontinued operations and Gain (loss) from disposition of discontinued operations attributable to the Company was $83.7 million, $584.7 million and $(454.7) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The major components of the Company’s provision for (benefit from) income taxes on continuing operations before income taxes are summarized below (in millions): Current: Federal State Foreign Current income tax provision (benefit) Deferred: Federal State Foreign Deferred income tax (benefit) provision Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 22.8 1.5 28.1 52.4 3.9 5.6 (11.5) (2.0) 50.4 $ $ $ (144.1) (0.8) 10.1 (134.8) 91.4 (2.3) 18.9 108.0 (26.8) $ (3.6) (0.5) 18.6 14.5 (97.3) (1.5) (33.1) (131.9) (117.4) Included in the total benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2010 was expense of $15.5 million related to foreign exchange gain included in other comprehensive income. Including discontinued operations and disposition of discontinued operations, the total (benefit from) provision for income taxes was $43.0 million, $222.2 million and $(57.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences in the bases of assets and liabilities for tax and financial statement purposes. The tax effects of the basis differences and net operating loss carry forwards as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for continuing operations are summarized below for major balance sheet captions (in millions): Property, plant and equipment Intangibles Trade receivables Inventories Accrued warranties and product liability Net operating loss carry forwards Retirement plans and other Accrued compensation and benefits Investments Credits Other Deferred tax assets valuation allowance Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) 2011 2010 (67.7) (152.4) 9.8 49.6 21.6 198.4 57.0 23.7 (43.4) 26.3 27.0 (183.3) (33.4) $ $ (42.4) (41.6) 8.0 33.8 16.3 215.9 38.7 23.0 (67.3) 28.3 (5.4) (157.6) 49.7 $ $ Deferred tax assets for continuing operations total $335.2 million before valuation allowances of $183.3 million at December 31, 2011. Total deferred tax liabilities for continuing operations of $185.3 million include $18.5 million in current liabilities and $166.8 million in non-current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2011. Included in net deferred tax assets for continuing operations are income taxes paid on intercompany transactions of $16.9 million and $7.8 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no deferred tax assets for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. F-18 The Company conducts business globally and the Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions, as required. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as Australia, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom and the U.S. Various entities of the Company are currently under audit in Germany, Italy, the U.S. and elsewhere. With few exceptions, including net operating loss carry forwards in the U.S. and certain subsidiaries in Germany that are under audit, the statute of limitations for the Company and its subsidiaries has, as a practical matter expired for tax years prior to 2007. The Company assesses uncertain tax positions for recognition, measurement and effective settlement. Where the Company has determined that its tax return filing position does not satisfy the more likely than not recognition threshold of ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” it has recorded no tax benefits. Where the Company has determined that its tax return filing positions are more likely than not to be sustained, the Company has measured and recorded the largest amount of tax benefit greater than 50% likely to be realized. The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s total (including discontinued operations) unrecognized tax benefits (in millions): Balance as of January 1, 2009 Additions for current year tax positions Additions for prior year tax positions Reductions for prior year tax positions Reductions for tax positions related to current year Reductions related to expiration of statute of limitations Settlements Acquired balances Balance as of December 31, 2009 Additions for current year tax positions Additions for prior year tax positions Reductions for prior year tax positions Reductions for tax positions related to current year Reductions related to expiration of statute of limitations Settlements Acquired balances Balance as of December 31, 2010 Additions for current year tax positions Additions for prior year tax positions Reductions for prior year tax positions Reductions for tax positions related to current year Reductions related to expiration of statute of limitations Settlements Acquired balances Balance as of December 31, 2011 $ $ 115.9 33.6 148.6 (117.1) (26.1) (6.4) (2.8) 5.4 151.1 3.4 20.7 (7.0) (1.2) (1.3) (25.3) 1.3 141.7 0.7 15.2 (10.5) — (3.3) (14.8) 31.1 160.1 The Company evaluates each reporting period whether it is reasonably possible that material changes to its uncertain tax position liability could occur in the next twelve months. It is hard to predict which uncertain tax positions, if any, may be challenged by tax authorities. The timing and impact of income tax audits and their resolution is highly uncertain. New laws and judicial decisions can change assessments concerning technical merit and measurement. It is not possible to determine with any degree of accuracy the amounts or periods in which changes to reserves for uncertain tax positions will occur. Changes may occur as a result of uncertain tax positions being considered effectively settled, re-measured, paid, as the result of a change in the accounting rules, tax law or judicial decision, or due to the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits disclosed as of December 31, 2011 may decrease approximately $28 million in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012. Such possible decrease relates primarily to audit settlements for valuation, transfer pricing, deductibility issues and the expiration of statutes of limitation. F-19 The Company evaluates the net realizable value of its deferred tax assets each reporting period. The Company must consider all objective evidence, both positive and negative, in evaluating the future realization of its deferred tax assets, including tax loss carry forwards. Historical information is supplemented by currently available information about future tax years. Realization requires sufficient taxable income to use deferred tax assets. The Company records a valuation allowance for each deferred tax asset for which realization is not assessed as more likely than not. In particular, the assessment by the Company that deferred tax assets will be realized considered available evidence including: (i) estimates of future taxable income generated from various sources, including the continued recovery of operations in the U.S. and the United Kingdom and anticipated future recovery in Brazil, (ii) the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (iii) increased profitability due to cost reductions in recent years, (iv) the anticipated combination of certain businesses in the United Kingdom in the future, which were weighed against losses in the U.S. and the United Kingdom in late 2008 through 2010 and 2011 losses in Brazil. If the current estimates of future taxable income are not realized or future estimates of taxable income are reduced, then the assessment regarding the realization of deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions, including the U.S., Brazil and the United Kingdom, could change and have a material impact on the statement of income. In 2010, the Company recorded a valuation allowance for its Italian operations due to changes in the expectation of future taxable income. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $183.3 million and $157.6 million, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was an increase of $25.7 million and $23.0 million, respectively. The Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes is different from the amount that would be provided by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. The reasons for the difference are summarized as follows (in millions): Tax at statutory federal income tax rate State taxes (net of Federal benefit) Change in valuation allowance Foreign tax differential on income/losses of foreign subsidiaries Non-deductible goodwill charges U.S. tax on multi-national operations Change in foreign statutory rates U.S. manufacturing and export incentives Tax on foreign exchange amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income Other Total (benefit from) provision for income taxes Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 29.6 4.3 18.1 (7.1) — (0.1) 4.9 (1.7) — 2.4 50.4 $ $ (83.4) (9.0) 35.1 7.6 — 0.2 2.5 6.4 15.5 (1.7) (26.8) $ $ (183.3) (9.0) 29.4 17.1 0.2 24.8 (3.6) — — 7.0 (117.4) $ $ The $6.4 million of expense for U.S. manufacturing and export incentives for the year ended December 31, 2010 was due to the carry back of the 2009 U.S. Federal net operating loss which reduced prior year U.S. manufacturing incentives. The effective tax rate on income from discontinued operations in 2009 differs from the statutory rate due primarily to deferred income taxes not previously provided on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis in the Company’s investment in the shares of certain of its Mining subsidiaries. The effective tax rate on income from discontinued operations in 2010 differs from the statutory rate primarily due to deferred income taxes not previously provided on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis in the Company’s investment in the shares of certain subsidiaries, and the recognition of uncertain tax positions. Except for the U.S. subsidiaries of Demag Cranes AG, the Company does not provide for foreign income and withholding, U.S. Federal, or state income taxes or tax benefits on its investment in foreign subsidiaries because the related financial reporting basis over the tax basis of those investments is indefinitely reinvested. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s financial reporting basis in its foreign subsidiaries exceeded its tax basis by approximately $800 million. The Company reviews its plan to indefinitely reinvest on a quarterly basis. In making its decision to indefinitely reinvest, the Company evaluates its plans of reinvestment, its ability to control repatriation, and the need, if any, to repatriate funds to support U.S. operations. If the assessment of the Company with respect to earnings of foreign subsidiaries changes, deferred U.S. income taxes, foreign income taxes, and foreign withholding taxes may have to be accrued. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities on the temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis in the investment in subsidiaries when such deferred taxes are required to be recognized. Where appropriate, the Company does not accrue deferred income taxes on the temporary difference between book and tax basis in domestic subsidiaries. At this time, determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to the investment in subsidiaries is not practical. F-20 At December 31, 2011, the Company had domestic federal net operating loss carry forwards of $15.4 million. None of the remaining U.S. federal net operating loss carry forwards expire before 2017. The Company also has various state net operating loss carry forwards available to reduce future state taxable income and income taxes. These net operating loss carry forwards expire at various dates through 2031. In addition, at December 31, 2011, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries had approximately $747 million of loss carry forwards, consisting of $208 million in Germany, $171 million in the United Kingdom, $186 million in Italy, $43 million in China, $41 million in Spain and $98 million in other countries, which are available to offset future foreign taxable income. The majority of these foreign tax loss carry forwards are available without expiration. The Company had total net income tax (refunds) payments including discontinued operations of $(36.3) million, $47.5 million and $23.2 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, Other current assets included net income tax receivable amounts of $27.1 million and $132.0 million respectively. The 2010 balance in Other current assets included a $105.2 million U.S. income tax refund claim that was received in January 2011. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $160.1 million and $141.7 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits. Of the $160.1 million at December 31, 2011, $144.3 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The Company classifies interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the liability for potential penalties and interest was $19.2 million and $25.5 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized tax (benefit) expense of $(6.3) million and $9.2 million, respectively, for interest and penalties. With the exception of goodwill, the Company recorded deferred taxes on differences between the book and tax bases of Demag Cranes AG assets and liabilities acquired. In general, acquired goodwill in a non-taxable business combination is not amortized and not deductible for tax purposes. The Company is evaluating whether deferred income taxes should be provided for either undistributed earnings or temporary differences related to the investment in Demag Cranes AG companies that existed on August 16, 2011. Based on the Company’s current assessment, it believes, with the exception of the Demag Cranes AG investment in its U.S. subsidiaries, that such amounts remain indefinitely reinvested and that deferred taxes do not need to be provided. The Company has determined that the temporary difference related to the Demag Cranes AG investment in its U.S. subsidiaries is no longer indefinitely reinvested. As a result, a deferred tax liability of $39.0 million has been recognized. NOTE D – DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS On February 19, 2010, the Company completed the disposition of its Mining business to Bucyrus and received approximately $1 billion in cash and approximately 5.8 million shares of Bucyrus common stock. Following this transaction, the Company invested in its current businesses and focused on products and services where it can maintain and build a strong market presence. The products divested by the Company in the transaction included hydraulic mining excavators, high capacity surface mining trucks, track and rotary blasthole drills, drill tools and highwall mining equipment, as well as the related parts and aftermarket service businesses, including the Company-owned distribution locations. The Company recorded a cumulative gain on the sale of its Mining business of approximately $607 million, net of tax through December 31, 2011. The Company is involved in a dispute with Bucyrus regarding the calculation of the value of the net assets of the Mining business. Bucyrus has provided the Company with their calculation of the net asset value of the Mining business, which seeks a payment of approximately $149 million from the Company to Bucyrus. The Company believes that the Bucyrus calculation of the net asset value is incorrect and not in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement. The Company has objected to Bucyrus’ calculation and has provided Bucyrus with its calculation of the net asset value, which does not require any payment from the Company to Bucyrus. The Company initiated a court proceeding on October 29, 2010 in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, to enforce and protect its rights under the definitive agreement for the Mining business sale. The process for calculating the value of the net assets of the Mining business is pending the final adjudication of this court proceeding. The Company believes its calculation of the net asset value, not requiring any payment from the Company to Bucyrus, is correct. Therefore, the Company has not included the effects of the Bucyrus claim in the determination of the gain recognized in connection with the sale. While the Company believes Bucyrus’ position is without merit and it is vigorously opposing it, no assurance can be given as to the final resolution of this dispute or that the Company will not ultimately be required to make a substantial payment to Bucyrus. F-21 During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold approximately 5.8 million shares of Bucyrus common stock for net proceeds of $531.8 million, resulting in a gain of $167.8 million, which was recorded in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Income. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no shares of Bucyrus stock remaining. On December 31, 2009, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the assets used in its construction trailer operations, which was formerly part of the AWP segment. The total purchase price received at closing was approximately $3 million. In March 2010, the Company sold the assets of its Powertrain gears business and pumps business, which were formerly part of the Construction segment. Total proceeds on the sale of these businesses were approximately $2 million. On March 10, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to sell all of its Atlas business to Atlas Maschinen. Fil Filipov, a former Terex executive and the father of Steve Filipov, the Company’s President, Developing Markets and Strategic Accounts, is the Chairman of Atlas Maschinen. The Atlas product lines divested in the transaction included crawler, wheel and rail excavators, knuckle-boom truck loader cranes and Terex ® Atlas branded material handlers. The transaction also includes the Terex Atlas UK distribution business for truck loader cranes in the United Kingdom and the Terex minority ownership position in an Atlas Chinese joint venture. The Atlas business was previously reported in the Construction segment, with the exception of the knuckle-boom truck loader cranes business, which was reported in the Cranes segment. On April 15, 2010, the Company completed the portion of this transaction related to the Atlas operations in Germany and completed the portion of the transaction related to the operations in the United Kingdom on August 11, 2010. The Company recorded a cumulative loss on the sale of Atlas of approximately $17 million, net of tax, through December 31, 2011. The following amounts related to the discontinued operations were derived from historical financial information and have been segregated from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statement of Income (in millions): Net sales (Loss) income from discontinued operations before income taxes (Provision for) benefit from income taxes Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax (Loss) gain on disposition of discontinued operations Benefit from (provision for) income taxes Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations – net of tax Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 — (0.1) 5.9 5.8 (0.7) 1.5 0.8 $ $ $ $ $ 157.7 (9.7) (5.6) (15.3) 832.7 (243.4) 589.3 $ $ $ $ $ 2009 1,346.6 88.6 (66.9) 21.7 (19.5) 6.9 (12.6) $ $ $ $ $ During the year ended December 31, 2011, a tax benefit of $5.9 million was recognized in discontinued operations for the effective settlement and re-measurement of certain Australian uncertain tax positions of the Mining business in relation to 2008 and prior years. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded a $0.8 million gain on the sale of its Mining business. No assets and liabilities were remaining in discontinued operations entities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The following table provides the amounts of cash and cash equivalents presented in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as of December 31 (in millions): Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents – continuing operations Cash and cash equivalents – discontinued operations Total cash and cash equivalents 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 774.1 — 774.1 $ $ 894.2 — 894.2 $ $ 929.5 41.7 971.2 F-22 NOTE E – EARNINGS PER SHARE Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Terex Corporation common stockholders Income (loss) from discontinued operations-net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations-net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Basic shares: Weighted average shares outstanding Earnings per share - basic: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations-net of tax Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations-net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation Diluted shares: Weighted average shares outstanding Effect of dilutive securities: Stock options, restricted stock awards and convertible notes Diluted weighted average shares outstanding Earnings per share - diluted: Income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations-net of tax Gain on disposition of discontinued operations-net of tax Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation For the year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data) 2011 2010 2009 38.6 $ 5.8 0.8 $ (215.5) (15.3) 589.3 45.2 $ 358.5 $ (407.5) 21.7 (12.6) (398.4) 109.5 108.7 102.6 0.35 0.05 0.01 0.41 109.5 1.2 110.7 0.35 0.05 0.01 0.41 $ $ $ $ $ (1.98) (0.14) 5.42 3.30 $ 108.7 — 108.7 $ (1.98) (0.14) 5.42 3.30 $ (3.97) 0.21 (0.12) (3.88) 102.6 — 102.6 (3.97) 0.21 (0.12) (3.88) $ $ $ $ $ $ The following table provides information to reconcile amounts reported on the Consolidated Statement of Income to amounts used to calculate earnings per share attributable to Terex Corporation common stockholders (in millions) for the year ended December 31: Noncontrolling Interest Attributable to Common Stockholders Attribution of noncontrolling interest: 2011 2010 2009 Noncontrolling interest attributable to Income (loss) from continuing operations Noncontrolling interest attributable to Income (loss) from discontinued operations Total noncontrolling interest Reconciliation of amounts attributable to common stockholders: Income (loss) from continuing operations Noncontrolling interest attributed to income (loss) from continuing operations Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders $ $ $ $ 4.5 — 4.5 $ $ (4.0) $ — (4.0) $ (1.1) (1.2) (2.3) 2011 2010 2009 34.1 $ (211.5) $ (406.4) 4.5 (4.0) (1.1) 38.6 $ (215.5) $ (407.5) F-23 Weighted average options to purchase 189 thousand, 571 thousand and 522 thousand shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), were outstanding during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted shares as the effect would be anti-dilutive. Weighted average restricted stock awards of 234 thousand, 1.1 million and 64 thousand shares were outstanding during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted shares because the effect would be anti-dilutive or performance targets were not yet achieved for awards contingent upon performance. ASC 260, “Earnings per Share,” requires that employee stock options and non-vested restricted shares granted by the Company be treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future services that the Company has not yet recognized and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional paid- in capital when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares. The Company includes the impact of pro forma deferred tax assets in determining the amount of tax benefits for potential windfalls and shortfalls (the differences between tax deductions and book expense) in this calculation. The 4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “4% Convertible Notes”) described in Note M – “Long-Term Obligations” are dilutive to the extent the volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock for the period evaluated was greater than $16.25 per share and earnings from continuing operations were positive. The volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock was not greater than $16.25 per share for the year ended 2011 and therefore no shares were contingently issuable during this period. The number of shares that were contingently issuable for the 4% Convertible Notes during 2010 and 2009 was 4.4 million and 1.0 million, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted shares because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. NOTE F – INVENTORIES Inventories consist of the following (in millions): Finished equipment Replacement parts Work-in-process Raw materials and supplies Inventories December 31, 2011 2010 $ 465.2 $ 217.7 508.7 566.5 494.6 228.9 298.5 426.7 $ 1,758.1 $ 1,448.7 Reserves for lower of cost or market value, excess and obsolete inventory were $120.1 million and $106.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. NOTE G – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment – net consist of the following (in millions): Property Plant Equipment Property, Plant and Equipment - Gross Less: Accumulated depreciation Property, plant and equipment - net December 31, 2011 2010 $ 123.3 $ 426.4 690.4 1,240.1 (404.6) 835.5 $ $ 78.4 316.8 527.1 922.3 (348.8) 573.5 Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, was $89.5 million, $78.6 million and $70.2 million, respectively. F-24 NOTE H – EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO OPERATING LEASES Operating leases arise from leasing the Company’s products to customers. Initial noncancellable lease terms typically range up to 84 months. The net book value of equipment subject to operating leases was approximately $64 million and $68 million (net of accumulated depreciation of approximately $33 million) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and is included in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life. Future minimum lease payments to be received under noncancellable operating leases with lease terms in excess of one year are as follows (in millions): Years ending December 31, 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Thereafter $ $ 17.0 8.6 4.3 1.9 1.7 — 33.5 The Company received approximately $20 million and $9 million of rental income from assets subject to operating leases with lease terms greater than one year during 2011 and 2010, respectively, none of which represented contingent rental payments. NOTE I – ACQUISITIONS 2011 Acquisitions Demag Cranes AG Acquisition On August 16, 2011, the Company acquired approximately 81% of the shares of Demag Cranes AG at a price of €45.50 per share, for total cash consideration of approximately $1.1 billion, bringing the Company’s ownership to 82%. Demag Cranes AG is active in the development, planning, production, distribution, and marketing of industrial cranes and hoists and port technology, as well as the provision of services in these areas. Demag Cranes AG’s business is highly complementary to the Company’s existing business both in terms of product and geographical fit. The acquisition of Demag Cranes AG is consistent with the Company’s strategy to expand its position as a globally active manufacturer of machinery and industrial products in niche market segments. In January 2012, the Company entered into a Domination and Profit and Loss Transfer Agreement (the “DPLA”) with Demag Cranes AG that will become effective following the necessary shareholder approval and subsequent registration of the DPLA in the commercial register of Demag Cranes AG. Upon effectiveness of the DPLA and upon demand from outside shareholders of Demag Cranes AG, the Company will acquire their shares. Any outside shareholders of Demag Cranes AG that choose not to sell their shares to the Company will receive an annual guaranteed dividend. Net Assets Acquired The Company has applied purchase accounting to Demag Cranes AG and the results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements following the acquisition date. The application of purchase accounting under ASC 805 requires the recognition and measurement of the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. The net assets and liabilities of Demag Cranes AG were recorded at their estimated fair value using Level 3 inputs. The noncontrolling interest was recorded at fair value using Level 1 inputs. See Note A - “Basis of Presentation,” for an explanation of Level 1 and 3 inputs. In valuing acquired assets and liabilities, fair value estimates are based on, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows, market rate assumptions for contractual obligations, actuarial assumptions for benefit plans, and appropriate discount and growth rates. The estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are provisional and are based on the information that was available as of the date of this filing to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company believes that such information provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, but the Company is waiting for additional information necessary to finalize those fair values. Specifically, certain tax positions require further analysis and are not yet final. Thus, the provisional measurements of fair value reflected are subject to change and such changes could be significant. The Company expects to finalize the valuation and complete the purchase price adjustments as soon as practicable but no later than one-year from the acquisition date. F-25 The Company has not identified any material unrecorded pre-acquisition contingencies where the related asset, liability or impairment is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Prior to the end of the purchase price allocation period, if information becomes available which would indicate it is probable that such events had occurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated, such items will be included in the final purchase price allocation and may cause adjustment to goodwill. The acquisition date fair value of the Company’s 1% ownership of Demag Cranes AG held before August 16, 2011 was $14.6 million. The Company recognized a net gain of $3.0 million as a result of remeasuring to fair value its 1% ownership of Demag Cranes AG held before the business combination. The net gain is included in Other income (expense) - net in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The acquisition date fair value of the shares held immediately before the business combination was based on quoted market prices. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest in Demag Cranes AG at the acquisition date was $253.0 million. The valuation techniques and significant inputs used to measure the fair value of the noncontrolling interest was quoted market prices. The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the Demag Cranes AG assets acquired and liabilities assumed and related deferred income taxes as of acquisition date (in millions). Assets acquired Current assets Trade receivables Property, plant and equipment Intangible assets not subject to amortization Intangible assets subject to amortization Other assets Goodwill Total assets acquired Liabilities assumed Current liabilities, including current portion of long-term debt Long-term debt Postemployment benefit obligation Other noncurrent liabilities Total liabilities assumed Net assets acquired $ $ 603.1 253.3 308.0 129.7 302.3 131.0 850.1 2,577.5 509.0 169.5 188.9 320.5 1,187.9 1,389.6 Goodwill of $850.1 million, resulting from the acquisition of a majority interest in Demag Cranes AG was assigned to the newly created MHPS segment. Goodwill consists of intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition which includes assembled workforce. As part of the final valuation of the acquisition, the Company will determine which entities and to what extent the benefit of the acquisition applies and, as required by U.S. GAAP, record the appropriate intangibles and goodwill to each entity. With the exception of tax deductible goodwill existing prior to the acquisition, the purchased intangibles and goodwill are not deductible for tax purposes. However, purchase accounting allows for the establishment of deferred tax liabilities on purchased intangibles (other than goodwill) that will be reflected as a tax benefit on the Company’s future Consolidated Statements of Income in proportion to and over the amortization period of the related intangible asset. The following table summarizes the identifiable definite-lived intangible assets acquired (in millions): Definite-lived intangible assets: Technology Customer relationships In process research and development Total definite-lived intangible assets F-26 Weighted Average Life (in years) Gross Carrying Amount 6 16 5 $ $ 39.1 251.8 11.4 302.3 The following table summarizes the identifiable indefinite-lived intangible assets acquired (in millions): Indefinite-lived intangible assets: Trade names Gross Carrying Amount $ 129.7 Demag Cranes AG maintained change-in-control provisions with its employees that allowed for enhanced severance and benefit payments. Included in the assets acquired and liabilities assumed above are severance accruals of approximately $3.9 million. These severance payments are expected to be paid in 2012. Acquisition-Related Expenses The Company has incurred transaction costs directly related to the Demag Cranes AG acquisition of $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which is recorded in Other income (expense) - net. Unaudited Actual and Pro Forma Information The Company’s consolidated Net sales and Net loss attributable to Terex Corporation from August 16, 2011 through December 31, 2011 includes $617.0 million and $10.2 million, respectively, related to the Demag Cranes AG business. The following unaudited pro forma information has been presented as if the Demag Cranes AG transaction occurred on January 1, 2010. This information is based on historical results of operations, adjusted for acquisition accounting adjustments, and is not necessarily indicative of what the results would have been had the Company operated the business since January 1, 2010, nor does it intend to be a projection of future results. No pro forma adjustments have been made for the Company’s incremental transaction costs or other transaction-related costs. (in millions, except per share data) Net sales Net income attributable to Terex Corporation Basic earnings per share attributable to Terex Corporation common stockholders Diluted earnings per share attributable to Terex Corporation common stockholders Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 $ $ $ $ 7,414.7 33.6 0.31 0.30 $ $ $ $ 6,493.3 352.0 3.24 3.24 The fiscal year-ends for the Company and Demag Cranes AG are different. Demag Cranes AG fiscal year end is September 30. Other 2011 Acquisitions In May 2011, the Company completed a small acquisition in the MP segment that had an aggregate purchase price of less than $5 million. In October 2011, the Company completed a small acquisition in the AWP segment that had an aggregate purchase price of less than $25 million. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. 2010 Acquisitions The Company completed small acquisitions and investments in consolidated and unconsolidated entities during 2010 in the AWP, Cranes and MP segments that, taken together, had an aggregate purchase price of less than $35 million. These acquisitions and investments did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial results either individually or in the aggregate. 2009 Acquisitions On July 23, 2009, the Company acquired the Port Equipment Business from Fantuzzi Industries S.a.r.l for approximately $126 million. The results of the Port Equipment Business are included in the Cranes segment from the date of acquisition. Terex Port Equipment designs, manufactures and services port equipment with manufacturing facilities in Italy, Germany and China, as well as sales and service branches around the world. This acquisition helps diversify the Company’s Cranes business and expands the product offering of the Cranes segment to the container transport industry beyond its current stacker product line. The Company recorded expenses of $9.1 million in Other income (expense) - net for acquisition related costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 in the Consolidated Statement of Income. F-27 NOTE J – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET An analysis of changes in the Company’s goodwill by business segment is as follows (in millions): $ Balance at December 31, 2009, gross Accumulated impairment Balance at December 31, 2009, net Acquisitions Foreign exchange effect and other Balance at December 31, 2010, gross Accumulated impairment Balance at December 31, 2010, net Acquisitions Foreign exchange effect and other Balance at December 31, 2011, gross Accumulated impairment Aerial Work Platforms 150.7 (42.8) 107.9 — (1.1) 149.6 (42.8) 106.8 6.2 (1.1) 154.7 (42.8) $ Construction 438.8 $ (438.8) — — — 438.8 (438.8) — — — 438.8 (438.8) — $ Materials Handling & Port Solutions — $ — — — — — — — 850.1 (84.0) 766.1 — Cranes 224.1 — 224.1 2.8 (14.5) 212.4 — 212.4 — (6.4) 206.0 — Materials Processing Total 202.3 (23.2) 179.1 — (5.4) 196.9 (23.2) 173.7 1.8 (0.7) 198.0 (23.2) 174.8 $ $ 1,015.9 (504.8) 511.1 2.8 (21.0) 997.7 (504.8) 492.9 858.1 (92.2) 1,763.6 (504.8) 1,258.8 Balance at December 31, 2011, net $ 111.9 $ $ 206.0 $ 766.1 $ Intangible assets, net were comprised of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions): December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Weighted Average Life (in years) Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Definite-lived intangible assets: Technology Customer Relationships Land Use Rights Other 9 15 45 6 $ 67.9 $ 365.8 25.9 64.5 17.4 56.0 3.5 44.5 $ 50.5 $ 33.4 $ 309.8 128.7 22.4 20.0 22.5 52.5 Total definite-lived intangible assets $ 524.1 $ 121.4 $ 402.7 $ 237.1 $ 10.2 41.7 2.6 42.2 96.7 $ 23.2 87.0 19.9 10.3 $ 140.4 Indefinite-lived intangible assets: Tradenames Total indefinite-lived intangible assets $ 116.8 $ 116.8 (in millions) Aggregate Amortization Expense For the Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ 28.9 $ 18.3 $ 16.8 Estimated aggregate intangible asset amortization expense (in millions) for the next five years is as follows: 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 $ $ $ $ $ 44.4 38.8 37.4 37.0 36.6 F-28 NOTE K – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS In the normal course of business, the Company enters into two types of derivatives to hedge its interest rate exposure and foreign currency exposure: hedges of fair value exposures and hedges of cash flow exposures. Fair value exposures relate to recognized assets or liabilities and firm commitments, while cash flow exposures relate to the variability of future cash flows associated with recognized assets or liabilities or forecasted transactions. Additionally, the Company entered into derivative contracts that were intended to partially mitigate risks associated with the shares of common stock of Bucyrus acquired in connection with the sale of the Mining business and the risks associated with Euro payment for the purchase of Demag Cranes AG. These contracts were not designated as hedges because they did not meet the requirements for hedge accounting. The Company operates internationally, with manufacturing and sales facilities in various locations around the world, and uses certain financial instruments to manage its foreign currency, interest rate and fair value exposures. To qualify a derivative as a hedge at inception and throughout the hedge period, the Company formally documents the nature and relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions, and the method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Additionally, for hedges of forecasted transactions, the significant characteristics and expected terms of a forecasted transaction must be specifically identified, and it must be probable that each forecasted transaction will occur. If it is deemed probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, then the gain or loss would be recognized in current earnings. Financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting must maintain a specified level of effectiveness between the hedging instrument and the item being hedged, both at inception and throughout the hedged period. The Company does not engage in trading or other speculative use of financial instruments. The Company has used and may use forward contracts and options to mitigate its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on third party and intercompany forecasted transactions. The primary currencies to which the Company is exposed are the Euro and British Pound. The effective portion of unrealized gains and losses associated with forward contracts and the intrinsic value of option contracts are deferred as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income until the underlying hedged transactions are reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income. The Company uses interest rate swaps to mitigate its exposure to changes in interest rates related to existing issuances of variable rate debt and to fair value changes of fixed rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”). Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recognized in earnings as offsets to changes in fair value of exposures being hedged. The change in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are deferred in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings as hedged transactions occur. Contracts deemed ineffective are recognized in earnings immediately. In the Consolidated Statement of Income, the Company records hedging activity related to debt instruments in interest expense and hedging activity related to foreign currency in the accounts for which the hedged items are recorded. On the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company records cash flows from hedging activities in the same manner as it records the underlying item being hedged. In November 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement that converted a fixed rate interest payment into a variable rate interest payment. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $400.0 million notional amount of this interest rate swap agreement outstanding, which matures in 2017. The fair market value of this swap at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was a gain of $33.4 million and $39.3 million, respectively, which is recorded in Other assets. The Company had entered into a prior interest rate swap agreement that converted a fixed rate interest payment into a variable rate interest payment. At December 31, 2006, the Company had $200.0 million notional amount of this interest rate swap agreement outstanding, which would have matured in 2014. To maintain an appropriate balance between floating and fixed rate obligations on its mix of indebtedness, the Company exited this interest rate swap agreement on January 15, 2007 and paid $5.4 million. This loss was recorded as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged debt and was amortized through January 15, 2011, which was the effective date that the hedged debt was extinguished. The Company is also a party to currency exchange forward contracts that generally mature within one year to manage its exposure to changing currency exchange rates. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $587.1 million notional amount of currency exchange forward contracts outstanding, most of which mature on or before December 31, 2012. The fair market value of these contracts at December 31, 2011 was a net loss of $5.9 million. At December 31, 2011, $526.1 million notional amount ($5.6 million of fair value losses) of these forward contracts have been designated as, and are effective as, cash flow hedges of specifically identified transactions. During 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded the change in fair value for these cash flow hedges to Accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings a portion of the deferred gain or loss from Accumulated other comprehensive income as the hedged transactions occurred and were recognized in earnings. F-29 The Company records the interest rate swap and foreign exchange contracts at fair value on a recurring basis. The interest rate swap is categorized under Level 2 of the ASC 820 hierarchy and is recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as an asset of $33.4 million and $39.3 million, respectively. The foreign exchange contracts designated as hedging instruments are categorized under Level 1 of the ASC 820 hierarchy and are recorded at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as a liability of $5.9 million and $3.3 million, respectively. See Note A - “Basis of Presentation,” for an explanation of the ASC 820 hierarchy. The fair values of these foreign exchange forward contracts are based on quoted forward foreign exchange prices at the reporting date. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement is based on LIBOR yield curves at the reporting date. The fair values of these contracts are based on the contract rate specified at the anticipated contracts’ settlement date and quoted forward foreign exchange prices at the reporting date. The Company entered into a stockholders agreement with Bucyrus that contained certain restrictions, including providing for Terex’s commitment that it would not directly or indirectly sell or otherwise transfer its economic interest in the shares of Bucyrus stock received by it for a period of one year, subject to certain exceptions. As a result, in order to partially mitigate the risks associated with the shares of Bucyrus stock, the Company entered into derivative contracts using a basket of stocks whose prices had historically been highly correlated with the Bucyrus stock price. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company paid premiums of approximately $21 million to enter into derivative trades to mitigate the risk of approximately 95% of the notional value of the Bucyrus stock based on historic prices. The one year lock-up contained in the stockholders agreement expired on February 19, 2011. All of the derivative contracts purchased by the Company expired unexercised during the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company entered into contingent participating forward foreign currency contracts to purchase up to €450.0 million in May 2011 in connection with the acquisition of Demag Cranes AG to hedge against its exposure to changes in the exchange rate for the Euro, as the acquisition purchase price was paid in Euros. Such contracts were not designated as hedging instruments. The contingent participating forward foreign currency contracts were settled during the year ended December 31, 2011, resulting in a loss of $16.1 million recorded in Other income (expense) - net in the Statement of Income. The Company’s MHPS segment uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on third party and intercompany forecasted transactions. These contracts have not been designated as hedging instruments. The foreign exchange contracts are accounted for as financial assets or financial liabilities and measured at fair value at the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized as gains or losses in Cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The following table provides the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments that are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (in millions): Asset Derivatives Foreign exchange contracts Interest rate contract Total asset derivatives Liability Derivatives Foreign exchange contracts Interest rate contract Total liability derivatives Total Derivatives Balance Sheet Account Other current assets Other assets Other current liabilities Long-term debt, less current portion December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 $ $ $ $ $ 7.1 33.4 40.5 13.0 33.4 46.4 (5.9) $ $ $ $ $ 2.9 39.3 42.2 6.0 38.1 44.1 (1.9) F-30 The following table provides the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments that are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (in millions): Asset Derivatives Option derivative contracts Foreign exchange contracts Balance Sheet Account Other current assets Other current assets December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 $ $ — 0.7 $ $ 0.3 — The following tables provide the effect of derivative instruments that are designated as hedges in the Consolidated Statement of Income and Accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”) (in millions): Gain Recognized on Derivatives in Income: Fair Value Derivatives Interest rate contract Location Interest expense (Loss) Gain Recognized on Derivatives in OCI: Cash Flow Derivatives Foreign exchange contracts Loss Reclassified from Accumulated OCI into Income (Effective): Account Cost of goods sold Other income (expense) - net Total Gain (Loss) Recognized on Derivatives (Ineffective) in Income: Account Other income (expense) - net Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 19.3 $ 19.2 Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 (1.6) $ 1.3 Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 (2.9) (3.5) (6.4) (4.7) (0.8) (5.5) $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 1.5 $ (1.8) $ $ $ $ $ The following table provides the effect of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges in the Consolidated Statement of Income and OCI (in millions): Loss Recognized on Derivatives not designated as hedges in Income: Account Other income (expense) - net Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 $ (16.4) $ (20.8) Counterparties to the Company’s interest rate swap agreement and currency exchange forward contracts are major financial institutions with credit ratings of investment grade or better and no collateral is required. There are no significant risk concentrations. Management continues to monitor counterparty risk and believes the risk of incurring losses on derivative contracts related to credit risk is unlikely and any losses would be immaterial. Unrealized net gains (losses), net of tax, included in OCI are as follows (in millions): Balance at beginning of period Additional gains (losses) - net Amounts reclassified to earnings Balance at end of period Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 $ $ (2.1) (2.3) 0.8 (3.6) $ $ (3.6) (2.0) 3.5 (2.1) $ $ (1.0) (15.7) 13.1 (3.6) The estimated amount of existing losses for derivative contracts recorded in OCI as of December 31, 2011 that are expected to be reclassified into earnings in the next twelve months is $3.6 million. F-31 NOTE L – RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES The Company continually evaluates its cost structure to be appropriately positioned to respond to changing market conditions. Given economic trends from 2008 through 2011, the Company initiated certain restructuring programs to better utilize its workforce and optimize facility utilization to match the demand for its products. To optimize facility utilization, the Company established a restructuring program to move its crushing and screening manufacturing business within the MP segment from Cedar Rapids, Iowa to other facilities, primarily in North America. Engineering, sales and service functions for materials processing equipment currently made at the plant will be retained at the facility for the near future. The program cost $5.7 million, resulted in reductions of 186 team members and was completed in 2011. Costs of $2.3 million and $0.1 million were charged to Cost of goods sold (“COGS”) and selling, general and administrative costs (“SG&A”), respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2011 for this program. The Company established a restructuring program within the MP segment to realize cost synergies and support its joint brand strategy by consolidating certain of its crushing equipment manufacturing businesses. This program resulted in the relocation of its Pegson operations in Coalville, United Kingdom to Omagh, Northern Ireland. The global design center for crushing equipment and certain component manufacturing were retained at Coalville for the near future. The program cost $6.4 million, resulted in reductions of 215 team members and was completed in 2011. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company executed a restructuring program to better utilize facility space in its Port Equipment Business, which is included in the Cranes segment. The program cost $11.4 million and resulted in reductions of 149 team members. This program was completed in 2010, except for certain benefits mandated by governmental agencies. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company established restructuring programs within the Cranes segment to optimize facility utilization and consolidate certain manufacturing operations. These programs are expected to cost $25.8 million and result in the reduction of approximately 206 team members. This program is expected to be completed in 2012, except for certain benefits mandated by governmental agencies. Program costs including impairment charges of $15.6 million and $4.9 million were charged to COGS and SG&A, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company reorganized certain areas within the Construction segment to enhance operational efficiency. The expected cost of these activities is $1.4 million and resulted in the reduction of approximately 5 team members. This program is expected to be completed in 2012. Costs related to this program of $0.1 million and $1.3 million were charged to COGS and SG&A, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the third quarter of 2011, certain areas of the MHPS segment were reorganized to better utilize the Company’s workforce. The expected cost related to these activities is $3.9 million and will result in the reduction of approximately 10 team members. This program is expected to be completed within a year. Costs related to this program of $3.9 million were charged to SG&A from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2011. The following table provides information for all restructuring activities by segment of the amount of expense incurred during the year ended December 31, 2011, the cumulative amount of expenses incurred since inception of the programs from 2009 through 2011 and the total amount expected to be incurred (in millions): Amount incurred during the year ended December 31, 2011 Cumulative amount incurred through December 31, 2011 Total amount expected to be incurred AWP Construction Cranes MP MHPS Corporate and Other Total $ 0.1 1.3 21.6 2.5 3.9 0.1 $ 23.7 38.8 38.3 13.6 3.9 6.2 23.7 38.8 40.9 13.6 3.9 6.2 29.5 $ 124.5 $ 127.1 $ $ F-32 The following table provides information by type of restructuring activity with respect to the amount of expense incurred during the year ended December 31, 2011, the cumulative amount of expenses incurred since inception of the programs from 2009 through 2011 and the total amount expected to be incurred (in millions): Amount incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011 Cumulative amount incurred through December 31, 2011 Total amount expected to be incurred Employee Termination Costs $ $ $ 19.3 92.2 92.2 $ $ $ Facility Exit Costs Asset Disposal and Other Costs Total 7.1 17.7 20.3 $ $ $ 3.1 14.6 14.6 $ $ $ 29.5 124.5 127.1 The following table provides a roll forward of the restructuring reserve by type of restructuring activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in millions): Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2010 Restructuring charges Cash expenditures Restructuring reserve at December 31, 2011 Employee Termination Costs Facility Exit Costs Asset Disposal and Other Costs Total $ $ 9.8 $ 1.6 $ 1.1 $ 18.3 (8.1) 20.0 $ — (0.4) 1.2 $ 0.1 (1.6) (0.4) $ 12.5 18.4 (10.1) 20.8 During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $19.1 million and $14.9 million, respectively, of restructuring charges were included in COGS. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $10.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively, of restructuring charges were included in SG&A costs. Included in the restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are $8.8 million and $9.3 million, respectively, of asset impairments. NOTE M – LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS Long-term debt is summarized as follows (in millions): 10-7/8% Senior Notes due June 1, 2016 4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2015 7-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due January 15, 2014 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2017 2011 Credit Agreement - term debt Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement Notes payable Capital lease obligations Other Total debt Less: Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt Long-term debt, less current portion 2011 Credit Agreement December 31, 2011 2010 $ $ 295.5 137.3 — 800.0 710.8 173.7 5.4 2.1 175.6 2,300.4 (77.0) 2,223.4 $ $ 294.4 129.2 297.2 800.0 — — 14.1 3.4 148.0 1,686.3 (346.8) 1,339.5 The Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) on August 5, 2011, with the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The 2011 Credit Agreement replaced the Company’s credit agreement dated as of July 14, 2006 (“2006 Credit Agreement”), as amended. The 2006 Credit Agreement was terminated as of August 11, 2011. The 2011 Credit Agreement provided the Company with a $460.1 million term loan and a €200.0 million term loan. The proceeds of the term loans were used, along with other cash, to pay for the shares of Demag Cranes AG and related fees and expenses. The term loans are scheduled to mature on April 28, 2017, subject to earlier maturity on March 1, 2016 if the Company’s existing senior notes have not been satisfied in full prior to that time. F-33 In addition, the 2011 Credit Agreement provides the Company with a revolving line of credit of up to $500 million. The revolving line of credit consists of $250 million of available domestic revolving loans and $250 million of available multicurrency revolving loans. The revolving lines of credit are scheduled to mature on April 29, 2016, subject to earlier maturity on March 1, 2016 if the Company’s existing senior notes have not been satisfied in full prior to that time. The 2011 Credit Agreement has incremental commitments of up to $250 million remaining, which may be extended at the option of the lenders and can be in the form of revolving credit commitments, term loan commitments, or a combination of both, provided that no more than $100 million of the incremental amount may be used for incremental term loan commitments. The 2011 Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with a number of covenants. These covenants require the Company to meet certain financial tests. • The minimum required levels of the interest coverage ratio, as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement, are set forth below: Period October 1, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011 January 1, 2012 through and including March 31, 2012 Thereafter Ratio 1.60 2.00 2.50 to to to 1.00 1.00 1.00 • The maximum permitted levels of the senior secured leverage ratio, as defined in the 2011 Credit Agreement, are set forth below: Period October 1, 2011 through and including December 31, 2011 January 1, 2012 through and including March 31, 2012 April 1, 2012 through and including June 30, 2012 Thereafter Ratio 3.50 3.00 2.50 2.25 to to to to 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 The covenants also limit, in certain circumstances, the Company’s ability to take a variety of actions, including: incur indebtedness; create or maintain liens on its property or assets; make investments, loans and advances; repurchase shares of its Common Stock; engage in acquisitions, mergers, consolidations and asset sales; redeem debt; and pay dividends and distributions. The 2011 Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default. The Company’s future compliance with its financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement will depend on its ability to generate earnings and manage its assets effectively. The 2011 Credit Agreement also has various non-financial covenants, both requiring the Company to refrain from taking certain future actions (as described above) and requiring the Company to take certain actions, such as keeping in good standing its corporate existence, maintaining insurance, and providing its bank lending group with financial information on a timely basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $710.8 million in U.S. dollar and Euro denominated term loans outstanding under the 2011 Credit Agreement. The Company had no term loans outstanding as of December 31, 2010. The Company had no revolving credit amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The 2011 Credit Agreement incorporates facilities for issuance of letters of credit up to $250 million. Letters of credit issued under the 2011 Credit Agreement letter of credit facility decrease availability under the $500 million revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had letters of credit issued under the 2011 Credit Agreement that totaled $61.8 million. The 2011 Credit Agreement also permits the Company to have additional letter of credit facilities up to $100 million, and letters of credit issued under such additional facilities do not decrease availability under the revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had letters of credit issued under the additional letter of credit facilities of the 2011 Credit Agreement that totaled $1.0 million. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had letters of credit issued under the 2006 Credit Agreement that totaled $46.6 million. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had letters of credit issued under the additional letter of credit facilities of the 2006 Credit Agreement that totaled $9.2 million. The Company also has bilateral arrangements to issue letters of credit with various other financial institutions. These additional letters of credit do not reduce the Company’s availability under the 2011 Credit Agreement. The Company had letters of credit issued under these additional arrangements of $114.6 million and $132.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. F-34 The Company and certain of its subsidiaries agreed to take certain actions to secure borrowings under the 2011 Credit Agreement. As a result, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with Credit Suisse, as collateral agent for the lenders, granting security to the lenders for amounts borrowed under the 2011 Credit Agreement. The Company is required to (a) pledge as collateral the capital stock of the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain of the Company’s material foreign subsidiaries, and (b) provide a first priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all of the Company’s domestic assets. Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement Demag Cranes AG has a bank credit agreement (the “Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement”) which matures on November 18, 2015 to provide liquidity for Demag Cranes AG’s operations. The Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement provides multicurrency revolving lines of credit of €200.0 million, which can be used for loans or letters of credit to a sub-limit of €40.0 million. Demag Cranes AG and its material subsidiaries are jointly and severally liable under this facility. Demag Cranes AG is required to comply with two financial covenants: (i) maintain consolidated net debt to consolidated operating earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) as defined in the agreement, less than 2.75 times and (ii) maintain consolidated operating EBITDA to consolidated net interest payable greater than 4.0 times. In addition to customary covenants and a restriction on payment of dividends, the Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement contains certain restrictions on transactions with the Company and its subsidiaries. In particular, Demag Cranes AG is to refrain from giving guarantees, indemnities or collateral in favor of the Company and its subsidiaries, granting loans to and entering into cash-pooling arrangements with the Company and its subsidiaries, and from taking shareholdings in or entering into reorganization transactions involving the Company and its subsidiaries. Also restricted are purchases and sales of any assets from or to the Company and its subsidiaries except at arm’s length in the ordinary course of business. No joint ventures may be entered into with the Company and its subsidiaries. Other contracts and transaction in general with the Company and its subsidiaries are only permitted at arm’s length in the ordinary course of business. Upon effectiveness of the DPLA, the lenders under the Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement have the option to terminate the Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2011, there was $173.7 million outstanding in loans under this facility at an interest rate of 3.14%. Letters of credit issued under this facility at December 31, 2011 were $26.3 million. Undrawn availability under the Demag Cranes credit agreement was $57.9 million at December 31, 2011. The Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement also has a €150.0 million multicurrency letter of guarantee facility that does not reduce availability under the revolving lines of credit. The amounts drawn on these lines as of December 31, 2011 were $32.6 million. Demag Cranes AG and its subsidiaries have bilateral arrangements to issue letters of guarantee with various other financial institutions. These additional letters of credit do not reduce Demag Cranes AG’s availability under the Demag Cranes AG Credit Agreement. Demag Cranes AG had letters of credit issued under these additional arrangements of $53.0 million as of December 31, 2011. In total, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had letters of credit outstanding of $289.3 million and $188.8 million, respectively. 10-7/8% Senior Notes On June 3, 2009, the Company sold and issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes Due 2016 (“10-7/8% Notes”) at 97.633%. The Company used a portion of the approximately $293 million proceeds from the offering of the 10-7/8% Notes, together with a portion of the proceeds from the 4% Convertible Notes discussed below, to prepay a portion of its term loans under the 2006 Credit Agreement and to pay off the outstanding balance under the revolving credit component of the 2006 Credit Agreement. The 10-7/8% Notes are redeemable by the Company beginning in June 2013 at an initial redemption price of 105.438% of principal amount. As a result of the Company’s redemption of the 7-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (“7-3/8% Notes”), as of February 7, 2011, the 10-7/8% Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (see Note S - “Consolidating Financial Statements”). The Company’s consolidated cash flow coverage ratio as defined in the indentures for its 10-7/8% Notes and 8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2017 (“8% Notes”) changed from less than 2.0 to 1.0 as of September 30, 2011 to greater than 2.0 to 1.0 as of December 31, 2011. As a result, the Company is subject to fewer restrictions under its indentures on the amount of indebtedness that it can incur. F-35 4% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes On June 3, 2009, the Company sold and issued $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of 4% Convertible Notes. In certain circumstances and during certain periods, the 4% Convertible Notes will be convertible at an initial conversion rate of 61.5385 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $16.25 per share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in some events. Upon conversion, Terex will deliver cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the 4% Convertible Notes to be converted and shares of Common Stock with respect to the remainder, if any, of Terex’s convertible obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the 4% Convertible Notes being converted. As a result of the Company’s redemption of the 7-3/8% Notes, as of February 7, 2011, the 4% Convertible Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (see Note S - “Consolidating Financial Statements”). The Company, as issuer of the 4% Convertible Notes, must separately account for the liability and equity components of the 4% Convertible Notes in a manner that reflects the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate at the date of issuance when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. The Company allocated $54.3 million of the $172.5 million principal amount of the 4% Convertible Notes to the equity component, which represents a discount to the debt and will be amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method through June 2015. The Company recorded a related deferred tax liability of $19.4 million on the equity component. The balance of the 4% Convertible Notes was $137.3 million at December 31, 2011. The Company recognized interest expense of $14.9 million on the 4% Convertible Notes for the year ended December 31, 2011. The interest expense recognized for the 4% Convertible Notes will increase as the discount is amortized using the effective interest method, which accretes the debt balance over its term to $172.5 million at maturity. Interest expense on the 4% Convertible Notes throughout its term includes 4% annually of cash interest on the maturity balance of $172.5 million plus non-cash interest expense accreted to the debt balance as described. 8% Senior Subordinated Notes On November 13, 2007, the Company sold and issued $800 million aggregate principal amount of 8% Notes. The 8% Notes are redeemable by the Company beginning in November 2012 at an initial redemption price of 104.000% of principal amount. As a result of the Company’s redemption of the 7-3/8% Notes, as of February 7, 2011, the 8% Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries (see Note S - “Consolidating Financial Statements”). 7-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes On November 25, 2003, the Company sold and issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of 7-3/8% Notes discounted to yield 7-1/2%. The 7-3/8% Notes were jointly and severally guaranteed by certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company (see Note S - “Consolidating Financial Statements”). The 7-3/8% Notes were redeemable by the Company beginning in January 2009 at an initial redemption price of 103.688% of principal amount. On January 18, 2011, the Company exercised its early redemption option and repaid the outstanding $297.6 million principal amount of its 7-3/8% Notes. The total cash paid to redeem the 7-3/8% Notes was $312.3 million that included a call premium of 1.229% as set forth in the indenture for the 7-3/8% Notes, totaling $3.6 million plus accrued and unpaid interest of $36.875 per $1,000 principal amount at the redemption date. The $7.7 million in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes (a) cash payments of $3.6 million for call premiums associated with the repayment of $297.6 million of outstanding debt and (b) $4.1 million of non- cash charges for accelerated amortization of debt acquisition costs related to the redemption of the 7-3/8% notes and termination of the 2006 Credit Agreement, original issue discount and loss on a terminated swap associated with the outstanding debt, which all flow into the calculation of Net income. In preparing the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the non-cash item (b) was added to Net income to reflect cash flow appropriately. F-36 Schedule of Debt Maturities Scheduled annual maturities of the principal portion of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2011 in the successive five- year period are summarized below. Amounts shown are exclusive of minimum lease payments for capital lease obligations disclosed in Note N – “Lease Commitments” (in millions): 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Thereafter Total $ $ 76.0 45.2 44.8 318.6 304.5 1,509.1 2,298.2 As noted in Note K - “Derivative Financial Instruments” $33.4 million is recorded in Long-term debt, less current portion due to the fair value adjustment increasing the carrying value of debt as a result of accounting for fair value hedges for the fixed interest rate to floating interest rate swaps on the 7-3/8% and 8% Notes. Based on indicative price quotations from financial institutions multiplied by the amount recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet (“Book Value”), the Company estimates the fair values (“FV”) of its debt set forth below as of December 31, 2011, as follows (in millions, except for quotes): 2011 Book Value 8% Notes 4% Convertible Notes (net of discount) 10-7/8% Notes 2011 Credit Agreement Term Loan (net of discount) - USD 2011 Credit Agreement Term Loan (net of discount) - EUR 2010 7-3/8% Notes 8% Notes 4% Convertible Notes (net of discount) 10-7/8% Notes $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 800.0 137.3 295.5 454.7 256.1 Book Value 297.2 800.0 129.2 294.4 Quote 0.96500 1.11000 1.10500 1.00250 0.99000 Quote 1.01250 1.01000 2.04063 1.16000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ FV FV 772 152 327 456 254 301 808 264 342 The Company believes that the carrying value of its other borrowings approximates fair market value based on discounted future cash flows using rates currently available for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities. The Company paid $134.4 million, $136.7 million and $116.9 million of interest in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. NOTE N – LEASE COMMITMENTS The Company leases certain facilities, machinery, equipment and vehicles with varying terms. Under most leasing arrangements, the Company pays the property taxes, insurance, maintenance and expenses related to the leased property. Certain of the equipment leases are classified as capital leases and the related assets have been included in Property, Plant and Equipment. Net assets under capital leases were $9.0 million and $10.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $2.6 million and $2.5 million, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. F-37 Future minimum capital and noncancellable operating lease payments and the related present value of capital lease payments at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in millions): 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Thereafter Total minimum obligations Less: amount representing interest Present value of net minimum obligations Less: current portion Long-term obligations Capital Leases Operating Leases 61.7 49.0 37.1 29.3 23.6 59.7 260.4 $ $ $ $ 1.1 0.5 0.5 0.1 — — 2.2 (0.1) 2.1 (1.0) 1.1 Most of the Company’s operating leases provide the Company with the option to renew the leases for varying periods after the initial lease terms. These renewal options enable the Company to renew the leases based upon the fair rental values at the date of expiration of the initial lease. Total rental expense under operating leases was $62.1 million, $55.7 million, and $61.2 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. NOTE O – RETIREMENT PLANS AND OTHER BENEFITS Pension Plans U.S. Plans - As of December 31, 2011, the Company maintained one qualified defined benefit pension plan covering certain domestic employees (the “Terex Plan”). Participation in the Terex Plan for all employees has been frozen. Participants are credited with post-freeze service for purposes of determining vesting and retirement eligibility only. The benefits covering salaried employees are based primarily on years of service and employees’ qualifying compensation during the final years of employment. The benefits covering bargaining unit employees are based primarily on years of service and a flat dollar amount per year of service. It is the Company’s policy generally to fund the Terex Plan based on the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Plan assets consist primarily of common stocks, bonds and short-term cash equivalent funds. The Company maintains a nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP provides retirement benefits to certain senior executives of the Company. Generally, the SERP provides a benefit based on average total compensation earned over a participant’s final five years of employment and years of service reduced by benefits earned under any Company retirement program, excluding salary deferrals and matching contributions. In addition, benefits are reduced by Social Security Primary Insurance Amounts attributable to Company contributions. The SERP is unfunded and participation in the SERP has been frozen. There is a defined contribution plan for certain senior executives of the Company. Other Postemployment Benefits The Company has several non-pension post-retirement benefit programs. The Company provides postemployment health and life insurance benefits to certain former salaried and hourly employees. The health care programs are contributory, with participants’ contributions adjusted annually, and the life insurance plan is noncontributory. F-38 Information regarding the Company’s U.S. plans, including the SERP, was as follows (in millions, except percent values): Pension Benefits Other Benefits 2011 2010 2011 2010 Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Actuarial loss (gain) Benefits paid Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contribution Benefits paid Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of: Current liabilities Non-current liabilities Total liabilities Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of: Actuarial net loss Prior service cost Total amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 173.6 159.9 2.1 8.2 24.7 (9.8) 185.1 99.3 7.1 14.8 (9.8) 111.4 (73.7) 0.1 73.6 73.7 $ $ $ $ $ 148.5 148.8 $ 10.3 $ 2.0 8.4 10.4 (9.7) 159.9 94.3 11.5 3.2 (9.7) 99.3 (60.6) 0.1 60.5 60.6 $ $ $ — 0.4 (1.4) (1.3) 8.0 — — 1.3 (1.3) — (8.0) 1.2 6.8 8.0 $ $ $ $ 10.1 — 0.6 1.3 (1.7) 10.3 — — 1.7 (1.7) — (10.3) 1.1 9.2 10.3 3.9 (0.1) 91.7 $ 69.1 $ 1.0 1.2 2.5 (0.1) 92.7 $ 70.3 $ 2.4 $ 3.8 Pension Benefits Other Benefits 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 Weighted-average assumptions as of December 31: Discount rate Expected return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase 4.00% 8.00% 3.75% 5.25% 8.00% 3.75% 5.75% 8.00% 3.75% 4.00% 5.25% 5.75% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Pension Benefits Other Benefits 2011 2010 2009 2011 2010 2009 Components of net periodic cost: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of prior service cost Amortization of actuarial loss Net periodic cost $ — 0.4 — — — $ 0.4 $ — 0.6 — 0.1 0.1 0.8 $ $ 0.1 0.6 — 0.1 0.1 0.9 $ 2.1 $ 2.0 $ 1.8 $ 8.2 (8.3) 0.2 3.3 5.5 $ 8.4 (7.3) 1.9 1.7 6.7 $ 8.4 (6.4) 2.1 1.7 7.6 $ F-39 Pension Benefits Other Benefits 2011 2010 2011 2010 Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income: Net (gain) loss Amortization of actuarial losses Amortization of prior service cost Total recognized in other comprehensive income $ $ 25.9 (3.3) (0.2) 22.4 $ $ 6.2 (1.7) (1.9) 2.6 Amounts expected to be recognized as components of net periodic cost for the year ending December 31, 2012: Actuarial net loss Prior service cost Total amount expected to be recognized as components of net periodic cost for the year ending December 31, 2012 $ $ $ $ (1.4) — — (1.4) $ $ 1.3 (0.1) (0.1) 1.1 Pension Benefits Other Benefits $ 4.9 0.1 5.0 $ 0.1 — 0.1 For U.S. pension plans, including the SERP, that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets were $185.1 million, $173.6 million and $111.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, and $159.9 million, $148.5 million and $99.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. Determination of plan obligations and associated expenses requires the use of actuarial valuations based on certain economic assumptions, which includes discount rates and expected rates of returns on plan assets. The discount rate enables the Company to estimate the present value of expected future cash flows on the measurement date. The rate used reflects a rate of return on high-quality fixed income investments that matches the duration of expected benefit payments at the December 31 measurement date. The rate used for the expected return on plan assets is based on a review of long-term historical asset performances aligned with the Company’s investment strategy and portfolio mix. While the Company examines performance annually, it also views historic asset portfolios and performance over a long period of years before recommending a change. In the short term, there may be fluctuations of positive and negative yields year-over-year, but over the long-term, the return is expected to be approximately 8%. The Company’s overall investment strategy for the U.S. defined benefit plans balances two objectives, investing in fixed income securities whose maturity broadly matches the maturity of the pension liabilities and investing in equities and other assets expected to generate higher returns. The Company invests through a number of investment funds with diversified asset types, strategies and managers. Fixed income securities including corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries, U.S. Treasuries and other securities, which may include mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, constitute approximately 60% of the portfolio. Equity securities, including investments in large to small-cap companies in the U.S. and internationally, constitute approximately 40% of the portfolio. The plan assets consist of mutual funds and the fair value is priced based on the market value of the underlying investments in the portfolio. The fair value of the Company’s plan assets at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in millions): Cash, including money market funds Investment funds – large-cap(1) Investment funds – mid/small-cap(2) Investment funds – international(3) Investment funds – equity index(4) Investment funds – high yield bonds(5) Investment funds – long corporate A bonds(6) Investment funds – long duration bonds(7) Total investments measured at fair value F-40 Total Level 1 Level 2 $ $ 1.4 13.9 6.1 11.0 13.9 11.3 26.8 27.0 111.4 $ $ 1.4 — — — — — — — 1.4 $ $ — 13.9 6.1 11.0 13.9 11.3 26.8 27.0 110.0 The following information was provided to the Company by the fund manager. (1) This class invests in U.S. large capitalization stocks with approximately 88% in information technology, energy, financial, health care, consumer and industrial sectors and 12% in other industries. (2) This class invests in U.S. mid to small capitalization stocks with approximately 88% in financial, information technology, industrial, consumer, health care, energy and materials sectors and 12% in other industries. (3) This class includes non-U.S. stocks in diversified industries and countries with approximately 85% in financial, consumer, industrial, materials, energy and health care sectors and 15% in other industries. (4) This class invests in U.S. stocks with approximately 88% in information technology, financial, energy, health care, consumer and industrial sectors and 12% in other industries. The fund seeks a total return, which corresponds to the S&P 500 Index. (5) This class primarily focuses on the high yield market of investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries with approximately 48% in the energy, telecommunications, consumer, utilities, and health care sectors. (6) This class primarily targets the longer-term, higher investment grade bond market of U.S. issuers with approximately 84% in the financial, industrial and utility sectors, approximately 12% in U.S. Treasuries and approximately 4% in other securities. (7) This class primarily focuses on investments with a long duration and includes approximately 49% of investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers in the financial, industrial and utility sectors, 48% in U.S. government securities and 3% in other securities. The Company has targets and allowed target variances for its U.S. defined benefit plan in individual funds within the portfolio. The table below is a composite of the individual targets and allocation at December 31, 2011 and 2010: Equity Securities Fixed Income Total Percentage of Plan Assets at December 31, 2011 2010 40% 60% 100% 43% 57% 100% Target Allocation 2012 37.5% - 42.5% 57.5% - 62.0% The Company plans to contribute approximately $13 million to its U.S. defined benefit pension and post-retirement plans in 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company contributed $16.1 million to its U.S. defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement plans, which included a payment of approximately $10 million to eliminate the impact of potential plan restrictions. The Company’s estimated future benefit payments under its U.S. plans are as follows (in millions): Year Ending December 31, 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017-2021 Pension Benefits 9.9 9.8 9.8 9.9 9.8 58.6 $ $ $ $ $ $ Other Benefits 1.2 $ 1.0 $ 0.9 $ 0.8 $ 0.7 $ 2.3 $ For measurement purposes, a 4.75% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2012 and thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in millions): Effect on total service and interest cost components Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 1-Percentage- Point Increase — $ 0.4 $ 1-Percentage- Point Decrease — $ (0.3) $ Non-U.S. Plans – The Company maintains defined benefit plans in Germany, France, Switzerland, China, India and the United Kingdom for some of its subsidiaries. During the third quarter of 2010, the United Kingdom plan was frozen and a curtailment gain was recognized as part of other comprehensive income. The United Kingdom plan is a funded plan and the Company funds this plan in accordance with funding regulations in the United Kingdom and a negotiated agreement between the Company and the plan’s trustees. The plans in Germany, China, India and France are unfunded plans. For the Company’s operations in Italy there are mandatory termination indemnity plans providing a benefit that is payable upon termination of employment in substantially all cases of termination. The Company records this obligation based on the mandated requirements. The measure of the current obligation is not dependent on the employees’ future service and therefore is measured at current value. F-41 On August 16, 2011, the Company acquired Demag Cranes AG which has defined benefit plans in Germany and Switzerland. The plans in Germany are unfunded plans. The plan in Switzerland is funded and the Company funds this plan in accordance with funding regulations in Switzerland. The impact of these plans was included from the date of acquisition and resulted in an additional liability of approximately $200 million in Retirement plans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note I - “Acquisitions.” Information regarding the Company’s non-U.S. plans was as follows (in millions): Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year Change in benefit obligation: Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Acquisitions Actuarial (gain) loss Benefits paid Curtailment Foreign exchange effect Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year Acquisitions Actual return on plan assets Employer contribution Employee contribution Benefits paid Foreign exchange effect Fair value of plan assets at end of year Funded status Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of: Non-current assets Current liabilities Non-current liabilities Total liabilities Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of: Actuarial net loss Prior service cost Total amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income Pension Benefits 2011 2010 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 388.6 179.9 4.4 12.8 228.2 15.0 (15.3) — (28.0) 397.0 91.5 28.2 7.2 12.6 0.2 (15.3) (4.7) 119.7 (277.3) — 13.2 264.1 277.3 27.4 0.4 27.8 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 177.9 201.4 4.9 9.0 — (11.6) (10.5) (3.8) (9.5) 179.9 87.1 — 8.2 9.4 0.3 (10.5) (3.0) 91.5 (88.4) (0.4) 3.1 85.7 88.4 14.8 0.5 15.3 The weighted average assumptions as of December 31: Discount rate Expected return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase Pension Benefits 2011 2010 2009 4.55% 5.59% 1.75% 5.50% 6.00% 1.04% 5.37% 6.00% 4.22% F-42 Components of net periodic cost: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Employee contributions Amortization of actuarial loss Net periodic cost Pension Benefits 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 4.4 12.8 (6.0) (0.2) 0.3 11.3 $ $ 4.9 9.0 (5.0) (0.3) 1.4 10.0 $ $ 6.6 8.9 (4.5) (0.5) 1.0 11.5 Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income: Net loss (gain) Prior service cost Amortization of actuarial losses Curtailment Foreign exchange effect Total recognized in other comprehensive income Amounts expected to be recognized as components of net periodic cost for the year ending December 31, 2012: Actuarial net loss Pension Benefits 2011 2010 $ $ 13.8 — (0.3) — (1.0) 12.5 $ $ $ (15.5) 0.6 (1.4) (3.8) (1.7) (21.8) 0.7 For the non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets were $397.0 million, $388.6 million and $119.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, and $157.0 million, $155.0 million and $68.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. The assumed discount rate reflects the rates at which the pension benefits could effectively be settled. The Company looks at redemption yields of a range of high quality corporate bonds of suitable term in each of the countries specific to the plan. The methodology used to determine the rate of return on non-U.S. pension plan assets was based on average rate of earnings on funds invested and to be invested. Based on historical returns and future expectations, the Company believes the investment return assumptions are reasonable. The expected rate of return of plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns on the investment portfolio. This is reviewed by the trustees and varies with each section of the plan. The overall investment strategy for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans is to achieve a mix of investments to support long-term growth and minimize volatility while maximizing rates of return by diversification of asset types, fund strategies and fund managers. The investment target allocations established to support these goals are 30%-70% for fixed income securities and property and 35%-65% for equity securities. Fixed income securities include U.K. government securities, corporate bonds and securities that invest in a diversified range of property principally in the retail, office and industrial/warehouse sectors. Securities primarily include investments in companies from diversified industries that are generally located in Europe (84%), North America (9%) and Asia Pacific (7%). F-43 The assets for the non-U.S. plans consist of mutual investment funds and the fair value is priced based on the market value of the underlying investments in the portfolio. The fair value of the Company’s plan assets at December 31, 2011 are as follows (in millions): Cash Investment funds – European Ex U.K. equities(1) Investment funds – U.K. equities(2) Investment funds – North American equities(3) Investment funds – Other equities(4) Investment funds –Other bonds(5) Investment funds – U.K. long bond(6) Investment funds – real estate(7) Total investments measured at fair value Total Level 1 Level 2 $ $ 4.9 7.7 11.6 9.1 15.5 10.3 52.8 7.8 119.7 $ $ 4.9 — — — — — — — 4.9 $ $ — 7.7 11.6 9.1 15.5 10.3 52.8 7.8 114.8 The following information was provided to the Company by the fund manager. (1) This class invests in stocks of European (excluding U.K.) based companies with approximately 86% in financial, consumer, industrials, health care, basic materials, oil and gas and communications sectors and 14% in other industries. (2) This class invests in stocks of U.K. based companies with approximately 88% in financial, oil and gas, consumer, basic materials, health care and industrial sectors and 12% in other industries. (3) This class invests in stocks of North American based companies with approximately 89% in technology, financial, oil and gas, consumer, industrial and health care sectors and 11% in other industries. (4) This class invests in stocks with approximately 70% in financial, industrial, consumer, basic materials and information technology, 19% in a diversified asset portfolio and 11% in other industries. (5) This class invests in bonds with approximately 89% in European government bonds, corporate bonds and loans backed by Swiss mortgages, and 11% in other investments. (6) This class represents U.K. government securities, other sterling denominated fixed-income securities and index linked securities. Approximately 63% is invested in U.K. government bonds with the remainder primarily in corporate bonds. (7) This class primarily comprises investments in a diversified range of property principally in the residential, retail, office and industrial/warehouse sectors. The asset allocation and target allocation for 2012 for the Company’s U.K. defined benefit pension plan at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: Equity Securities Fixed Income Securities Real Estate Investment Securities Total Percentage of Plan Assets at December 31, 2011 2010 37% 58% 5% 100% 48% 49% 3% 100% Target Allocation 2012 35% - 65% 25% - 60% 5% - 10% The Company plans to contribute approximately $17 million to its non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans for the year ending December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company contributed $12.6 million to its non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans. The Company’s estimated future benefit payments under its non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans are as follows (in millions): Year Ending December 31, 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017-2021 F-44 $ $ $ $ $ $ 18.3 17.8 18.9 19.2 20.4 109.6 Savings Plans The Company sponsors various tax deferred savings plans into which eligible employees may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation. The Company may, but is not obligated to, contribute to certain of these plans. The Company’s Common Stock held in a rabbi trust pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan is treated in a manner similar to treasury stock. The number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock held in the rabbi trust at December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled 0.9 million. Charges recognized for the Deferred Compensation Plan and these other savings plans were $12.0 million, $9.7 million and $11.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 certain of these savings plan costs were stock-based and included in total stock-based compensation expense in the amounts of $8.3 million and $8.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, Company matching contribution to tax deferred savings plans were invested at the direction of plan participants. NOTE P– STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY On December 31, 2011, there were 121.9 million shares of Common Stock issued and 108.8 million shares of Common Stock outstanding. Of the 178.1 million unissued shares of Common Stock at that date, 3.9 million shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance for the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock. Additionally, 10.6 million shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance for the shares that are contingently issuable for the 4% Convertible Notes. In June 2009, the Company completed a public offering of Common Stock resulting in the issuance of 12.65 million shares at a price of $13.00 per share. The Company received approximately $156 million of net proceeds (net of $8.2 million of expenses) from the sale of the shares. This transaction increased the recorded amounts of Common Stock by $0.1 million and increased additional paid-in capital by approximately $156 million. In June 2009, the Company sold and issued 4% Convertible Notes. See Note M - “Long-Term Obligations” for a description of these notes. Common Stock in Treasury. The Company values treasury stock on an average cost basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Company held 13.1 million shares of Common Stock in treasury totaling $599.1 million, including 0.9 million shares held in a trust for the benefit of the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan at a total of $17.1 million. Preferred Stock. The Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended in June 1998 to authorize 50.0 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Long-Term Incentive Plans. In May 2009, the stockholders approved the Terex Corporation 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”). The purpose of the 2009 Plan is to provide a means whereby employees, directors and third-party service providers of the Company develop a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in the development and financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to the business of the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its stockholders. The 2009 Plan provides for incentive compensation in the form of (i) options to purchase shares of Common Stock, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, (iv) other stock awards, (v) cash awards, and (vi) performance awards. In May 2011, the stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 2009 Plan from 3.0 million shares to 5.0 million shares. The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan is 5.0 million shares plus the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the Terex Corporation 2000 Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”) and the 1996 Terex Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1996 Plan”). As of December 31, 2011, 3.5 million shares were available for grant under the 2009 Plan. In May 2000, the stockholders approved the 2000 Plan. The purpose of the 2000 Plan is to assist the Company in attracting and retaining selected individuals to serve as directors, officers, consultants, advisers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates who will contribute to the Company’s success and to achieve long-term objectives which will inure to the benefit of all stockholders of the Company through the additional incentive inherent in the ownership of the Common Stock. The 2000 Plan authorizes the granting of (i) options to purchase shares of Common Stock, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) stock purchase awards, (iv) restricted stock awards and, (v) performance awards. In May 2002, the stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 2000 Plan from 4.0 million shares to 7.0 million shares. In May 2004, the stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 2000 Plan from 7.0 million shares to 12.0 million shares. As of May 14, 2009, the date of stockholder approval of the 2009 Plan, any shares related to awards under the 2000 Plan that were not issued or were subsequently forfeited, expired or otherwise terminated, were available for grant under the 2009 Plan. F-45 In May 1996, the stockholders approved the 1996 Plan. The 1996 Plan authorizes the granting, among other things, of (i) options to purchase shares of Common Stock, (ii) shares of Common Stock, including restricted stock, and (iii) cash bonus awards based upon a participant’s job performance. In May 1999, the stockholders approved an increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock (including restricted stock, if any) optioned or granted under the 1996 Plan to 4.0 million shares. As of May 14, 2009, the date of stockholder approval of the 2009 Plan, any shares related to awards under the 1996 Plan that were not issued or were subsequently forfeited, expired or otherwise terminated, were available for grant under the 2009 Plan. Substantially all stock option grants under the 2000 Plan and the 1996 Plan vested over a four year period and have a contractual life of ten years. There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0.3 million. The following table is a summary of stock options under all of the Company’s plans. Outstanding at December 31, 2010 Exercised Canceled or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2011 Exercisable at December 31, 2011 Vested at December 31, 2011 Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value Number of Options 963,332 (105,702) (31,437) 826,193 826,193 826,193 $ $ $ $ $ $ 18.97 10.67 48.83 18.89 18.89 18.89 1.91 1.91 1.91 $ $ $ 2.0 2.0 2.0 Under the 2009 Plan, 2000 Plan and the 1996 Plan, approximately 18% of all restricted stock awards vest over a four year period, with 25% of each grant vesting on each of the first four anniversary dates of the grant; approximately 33% of all restricted stock awards vest over a five year period and approximately 49% of all restricted stock awards vest over a three year period with 49% of these awards vesting on the first three anniversary dates and 51% vesting at the end of the three year period. Approximately 34% of the outstanding restricted stock awards are subject to performance targets that may or may not be met and for which the performance period has not yet been completed. The fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the market price at the date of grant except for 759 thousand shares of performance grants based on a market condition. The Company uses the Monte Carlo method to provide grant date fair value for awards with a market condition. The Monte Carlo method is a statistical simulation technique used to provide the grant date fair value of an award. The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used in the valuations: Dividend yields Expected volatility Risk free interest rate Expected life (in years) Grant date fair value per share 2011 —% 80.29% 1.04% 3 $41.96 Year Ended December 31, 2010 —% 59.04% 3.04% 4 $16.17 - $19.08 2009 —% 71.93% 1.38% 3 $5.74 As of December 31, 2011, unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock totaled approximately $43.7 million, which will be expensed over a weighted average period of 2.6 years. The weighted average fair value at date of grant for restricted stock awards was $34.99, $20.18 and $8.24 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested for restricted stock awards was $26.3 million, $33.1 million and $45.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued 45 thousand shares of its outstanding Common Stock which were contributed into a deferred compensation plan under a Rabbi Trust. F-46 The following table is a summary of restricted stock awards under all of the Company’s plans: Nonvested at December 31, 2010 Granted Vested Canceled or expired Nonvested at December 31, 2011 Restricted Stock Awards 3,836,696 1,035,103 (891,095) (845,764) 3,134,940 $ $ $ $ $ Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 24.74 34.99 29.52 40.62 22.91 Compensation expense recognized under all stock-based compensation arrangements was $23.6 million, $45.3 million and $39.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense was included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The related tax benefit reflected in the provision was $7.1 million, $14.1 million and $12.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Cash received from option exercises under all stock-based compensation arrangements totaled $1.1 million. The excess tax benefit for all stock-based compensation is included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as an operating cash outflow and a financing cash inflow. Comprehensive Income (Loss). The following table reflects the accumulated balances of other comprehensive income (loss) (in millions): Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Terex Corporation Balance at January 1, 2009 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2009 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2010 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2011 Pension Liability Adjustment Cumulative Translation Adjustment Derivative Hedging Adjustment Debt & Equity Securities Adjustment $ $ (69.0) (18.7) (87.7) 28.0 (59.7) (23.5) (83.2) $ $ (12.3) 139.6 127.3 (65.9) 61.4 (104.9) (43.5) $ $ (1.0) (2.6) (3.6) 1.5 (2.1) (1.5) (3.6) $ $ — — — 100.8 100.8 (99.9) 0.9 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest $ Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) $ (82.3) 118.3 36.0 64.4 100.4 (229.8) (129.4) Balance at January 1, 2009 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2009 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2010 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2011 Pension Liability Adjustment Cumulative Translation Adjustment Derivative Hedging Adjustment Debt & Equity Securities Adjustment $ $ — — — — — — — $ $ 0.8 — 0.8 0.1 0.9 (0.9) — $ $ — — — — — — — $ $ — — — — — — — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 0.8 $ — 0.8 0.1 0.9 (0.9) — $ F-47 Balance at January 1, 2009 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2009 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2010 Current year change Balance at December 31, 2011 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Pension Liability Adjustment Cumulative Translation Adjustment Derivative Hedging Adjustment Debt & Equity Securities Adjustment $ $ (69.0) (18.7) (87.7) 28.0 (59.7) (23.5) (83.2) $ $ (11.5) 139.6 128.1 (65.8) 62.3 (105.8) (43.5) $ $ (1.0) (2.6) (3.6) 1.5 (2.1) (1.5) (3.6) $ $ — — — 100.8 100.8 (99.9) 0.9 $ Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) $ (81.5) 118.3 36.8 64.5 101.3 (230.7) (129.4) As of December 31, 2011, other accumulated comprehensive income for the pension liability adjustment and the derivative hedging adjustment are net of tax benefits of $39.1 million and $2.0 million, respectively. NOTE Q – LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES General The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation liability, employment, commercial and intellectual property litigation, which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company is insured for product liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, property damage and other insurable risk required by law or contract, with retained liability or deductibles. The Company has recorded and maintains an estimated liability in the amount of management’s estimate of the Company’s aggregate exposure for such retained liabilities and deductibles. For such retained liabilities and deductibles, the Company determines its exposure based on probable loss estimations, which requires such losses to be both probable and the amount or range of probable loss to be estimable. The Company believes it has made appropriate and adequate reserves and accruals for its current contingencies and that the likelihood of a material loss beyond the amounts accrued is remote except for those cases disclosed below where the Company includes a range of the possible loss. The Company believes that the outcome of such matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position. However, the outcomes of lawsuits cannot be predicted and, if determined adversely, could ultimately result in the Company incurring significant liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations. ERISA, Securities and Stockholder Derivative Lawsuits The Company has received complaints seeking certification of class action lawsuits in an ERISA lawsuit, a securities lawsuit and a stockholder derivative lawsuit as follows: • A consolidated complaint in the ERISA lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court, District of Connecticut on September 20, 2010 and is entitled In Re Terex Corp. ERISA Litigation. • A consolidated class action complaint for violations of securities laws in the securities lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court, District of Connecticut on November 18, 2010 and is entitled Sheet Metal Workers Local 32 Pension Fund and Ironworkers St. Louis Council Pension Fund, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated v. Terex Corporation, et al. • A stockholder derivative complaint for violation of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets and unjust enrichment was filed on April 12, 2010 in the United States District Court, District of Connecticut and is entitled Peter Derrer, derivatively on behalf of Terex Corporation v. Ronald M. DeFeo, Phillip C. Widman, Thomas J. Riordan, G. Chris Andersen, Donald P. Jacobs, David A. Sachs, William H. Fike, Donald DeFosset, Helge H. Wehmeier, Paula H.J. Cholmondeley, Oren G. Shaffer, Thomas J. Hansen, and David C. Wang, and Terex Corporation. F-48 These lawsuits generally cover the period from February 2008 to February 2009 and allege, among other things, that certain of the Company’s SEC filings and other public statements contained false and misleading statements which resulted in damages to the Company, the plaintiffs and the members of the purported class when they purchased the Company’s securities and in the ERISA lawsuit and the stockholder derivative complaint, that there were breaches of fiduciary duties and of ERISA disclosure requirements. The stockholder derivative complaint also alleges waste of corporate assets relating to the repurchase of the Company’s shares in the market and unjust enrichment as a result of securities sales by certain officers and directors. The complaints all seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages, costs and expenses. As a result, the Company is unable to estimate a possible loss or a range of losses for these lawsuits. The stockholder derivative complaint also seeks amendments to the Company’s corporate governance procedures in addition to unspecified compensatory damages from the individual defendants in its favor. The Company believes that the allegations in the suits are without merit, and Terex, its directors and the named executives will continue to vigorously defend against them. The Company believes that it has acted, and continues to act, in compliance with federal securities laws and ERISA law with respect to these matters. Accordingly, on November 19, 2010 the Company filed a motion to dismiss the ERISA lawsuit and on January 18, 2011 the Company filed a motion to dismiss the securities lawsuit. These motions are currently pending before the court. The plaintiff in the stockholder derivative lawsuit has agreed with the Company to put this lawsuit on hold pending the outcome of the motion to dismiss in connection with the securities lawsuit. Powerscreen Patent Infringement Lawsuit On December 6, 2010, the Company received an adverse jury verdict in the amount of $15.8 million in a patent infringement lawsuit brought against Powerscreen International Distribution Limited (“Powerscreen”) and Terex by Metso Minerals Inc. (“Metso”) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The lawsuit involved a claim by Metso that the folding side conveyor of certain Powerscreen screening plants violated a patent held by Metso in the United States. Following the verdict, Metso sought additional relief, including, additional damages, attorney’s fees, interest and trebling of all such amounts. On December 9, 2011, a judgment in support of the jury verdict was issued and Metso was awarded certain additional damages, interest and doubling of all such amounts. The Court has yet to calculate the final amount of monetary damages. The Court also issued an injunction preventing marketing or selling of certain models of Powerscreen mobile screening plants with the alleged infringing folding side conveyor design in the United States. These models have been updated with Powerscreen’s new proprietary S range of conveyors. Thus, the judgment and injunction do not affect the continued sale or use of any current model of Powerscreen mobile screening plants. The Company does not agree that the accused Powerscreen mobile screening plants or their folding conveyor infringe the subject patent held by Metso. These types of patent cases are complex and the Company strongly believes that the verdict is contrary to both the law and the facts. The Company has appealed the verdict and believes that it will ultimately prevail on appeal. The Company does not expect this judgment will have a material impact on its consolidated business or overall operating results. However, the outcomes of lawsuits cannot be predicted and, if determined adversely, could ultimately result in the Company incurring significant liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations. Post-Closing Dispute with Bucyrus See Note D - “Discontinued Operations” for further information on the Company’s dispute with Bucyrus regarding the calculation of the value of the net assets of the Mining business. Other The Company is involved in various other legal proceedings, including workers’ compensation liability and intellectual property litigation, which have arisen in the normal course of its operations. The Company has recorded provisions for estimated losses in circumstances where a loss is probable and the amount or range of possible amounts of the loss is estimable. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit totaled $289.3 million at December 31, 2011. The letters of credit generally serve as collateral for certain liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Certain of the letters of credit serve as collateral guaranteeing the Company’s performance under contracts. The Company has a letter of credit outstanding covering losses related to two former subsidiaries’ workers’ compensation obligations. The Company has recorded liabilities for these contingent obligations in circumstances where a loss is probable and the amount or range of possible amounts of the loss is estimable. F-49 Credit Guarantees Customers of the Company from time to time may fund the acquisition of the Company’s equipment through third-party finance companies. In certain instances, the Company may provide a credit guarantee to the finance company, by which the Company agrees to make payments to the finance company should the customer default. The maximum liability of the Company is generally limited to its customer’s remaining payments due to the finance company at the time of default. In the event of customer default, the Company is generally able to recover and dispose of the equipment at a minimum loss, if any, to the Company. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s maximum exposure to such credit guarantees was $126.4 million and $211.1 million, respectively, including total guarantees issued by Terex Demag GmbH, part of the Cranes segment, of $60.4 million and $113.5 million, respectively; Sichuan Changjiang Engineering Crane Co., Ltd, part of the Cranes segment, of $34.4 million and $53.2 million, respectively; and Genie Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates (“Genie”), part of the AWP segment, of $18.0 million and $31.1 million, respectively. The terms of these guarantees coincide with the financing arranged by the customer and generally do not exceed five years. Given the Company’s position as the original equipment manufacturer and its knowledge of end markets, the Company, when called upon to fulfill a guarantee, generally has been able to liquidate the financed equipment at a minimal loss, if any, to the Company. There can be no assurance that historical credit default experience will be indicative of future results. The Company’s ability to recover losses experienced from its guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in effect at the time of loss. Residual Value and Buyback Guarantees The Company issues residual value guarantees under sales-type leases. A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date. The maximum exposure for residual value guarantees issued by the Company totaled $13.5 million and $13.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company is generally able to mitigate some of the risk associated with these guarantees because the maturity of the guarantees is staggered, limiting the amount of used equipment entering the marketplace at any one time. The Company from time to time guarantees that it will buy equipment from its customers in the future at a stated price if certain conditions are met by the customer. Such guarantees are referred to as buyback guarantees. These conditions generally pertain to the functionality and state of repair of the machine. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s maximum exposure pursuant to buyback guarantees was $103.4 million and $102.1 million, respectively, including total guarantees issued by Genie of $45.4 million and $97.4 million, respectively. Included in the December 31, 2011 amount are guarantees issued by entities in the MHPS segment of $54.5 million. The Company is generally able to mitigate some of the risk of these guarantees by staggering the timing of the buybacks and through leveraging its access to the used equipment markets provided by the Company’s original equipment manufacturer status. See Note A – “Basis of Presentation – Revenue Recognition,” for a discussion of revenue recognition on arrangements with buyback guarantees. The Company has recorded an aggregate liability within Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet of approximately $12 million and $19 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the estimated fair value of all guarantees provided. There can be no assurance that the Company’s historical experience in used equipment markets will be indicative of future results. The Company’s ability to recover losses experienced from its guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in the used equipment markets at the time of loss. F-50 NOTE R – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Steve Filipov, President, Developing Markets and Strategic Accounts for Terex received grants of restricted stock while he was living in France and employed by Terex Cranes France SAS, a subsidiary of the Company (“Terex Cranes France”). In connection with the vesting of restricted stock granted to Mr. Filipov in 2007 that vested in 2009, an administrative error occurred in the withholding of shares for the payment of taxes and Mr. Filipov inadvertently received approximately $3 thousand in cash that he should not have received. In addition, Terex Cranes France inadvertently paid approximately $10 thousand of income taxes in June 2010 on Mr. Filipov’s behalf in connection with the vesting of restricted stock granted to Mr. Filipov in 2006 and 2007. As a result of the above transactions, as of December 31, 2010, Mr. Filipov owed Terex Cranes France approximately $13 thousand. Mr. Filipov has subsequently repaid all amounts in full. This inadvertent arrangement constituted a non-permissible extension of credit under Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and, accordingly, this arrangement has been terminated with respect to Mr. Filipov. Genie Australia Pty. Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, paid approximately five hundred dollars for certain excess luggage costs for the family of Timothy A. Ford, President Terex Aerial Work Platforms, during Mr. Ford’s and his family’s visit to Australia in January 2011. Mr. Ford has subsequently repaid all amounts in full. This inadvertent arrangement may have constituted a non- permissible extension of credit under Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and, accordingly, this arrangement has been terminated with respect to Mr. Ford. See Note D – “Discontinued Operations” for information on a transaction between the Company and Atlas Maschinen, a company whose Chairman is Fil Filipov, a former Terex executive and the father of Steve Filipov. NOTE S – CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS On January 18, 2011, the Company repaid the outstanding $297.6 million principal amount outstanding of its 7-3/8% Notes (see Note M - “Long-Term Obligations”). As a result of the Company’s redemption of the 7-3/8% Notes, as of February 7, 2011, the 4% Convertible Notes, 8% Notes and 10-7/8% Notes were jointly and severally guaranteed by the following wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company (the “Wholly-owned Guarantors”): A.S.V., Inc., CMI Terex Corporation, Duvalpilot Equipment Outfitters, LLC, Fantuzzi Noell USA, Inc., Genie Financial Services, Inc., Genie Holdings, Inc., Genie Industries, Inc., Genie International, Inc., GFS National, Inc., Loegering Mfg. Inc., Powerscreen Holdings USA Inc., Powerscreen International LLC, Powerscreen North America Inc., Powerscreen USA, LLC, Schaeff Incorporated, Schaeff of North America, Inc., Terex Advance Mixer, Inc., Terex Aerials, Inc., Terex Financial Services, Inc., Terex South Dakota, Inc., Terex USA, LLC, Terex Utilities, Inc. and Terex Washington, Inc. All of the guarantees are full and unconditional. The guarantees of the Wholly-owned Guarantors are subject to release in limited circumstances only upon the occurrence of certain customary conditions. No subsidiaries of the Company except the Wholly-owned Guarantors have provided a guarantee of the 4% Convertible Notes, 8% Notes and 10-7/8% Notes. The following summarized condensed consolidating financial information for the Company segregates the financial information of Terex Corporation, the Wholly-owned Guarantors and the non-guarantor subsidiaries. The results and financial position of businesses acquired are included from the dates of their respective acquisitions. Terex Corporation consists of parent company operations and non-guarantor subsidiaries directly owned by the parent company. Subsidiaries of the parent company are reported on the equity basis. Wholly-owned Guarantors combine the operations of the Wholly-owned Guarantor subsidiaries. Subsidiaries of Wholly-owned Guarantors that are not themselves guarantors are reported on the equity basis. Non-guarantor subsidiaries combine the operations of subsidiaries which have not provided a guarantee of the obligations of Terex Corporation under the 4% Convertible Notes, 8% Notes and 10-7/8% Notes. Debt and goodwill allocated to subsidiaries are presented on a “push-down” accounting basis. F-51 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 (in millions) Net sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit Selling, general and administrative expenses Income (loss) from operations Interest income Interest expense (Loss) income from subsidiaries Loss on early extinguishment of debt Other income (expense) - net Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes (Provision for) benefit from income taxes Income (loss) from continuing operations Income from discontinued operations - net of tax Loss on disposition of discontinued operations - net of tax Net income (loss) Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation $ Terex Corporation 336.9 $ (300.8) 36.1 (24.4) 11.7 2.8 (92.2) 44.6 (7.7) 90.0 Wholly- owned Guarantors $ 2,340.8 (2,040.5) 300.3 (225.7) 74.6 0.2 (0.1) — — (12.9) Non- guarantor Subsidiaries 4,654.9 $ (4,031.0) 623.9 (629.0) (5.1) 11.3 (42.6) — — 54.5 Intercompany Eliminations $ (828.0) 828.0 — — — — — (44.6) — — Consolidated 6,504.6 $ (5,544.3) 960.3 (879.1) 81.2 14.3 (134.9) — (7.7) 131.6 49.2 (1.7) 47.5 — (2.3) 45.2 — 45.2 $ 61.8 (22.2) 39.6 — — 39.6 — 39.6 $ 18.1 (26.5) (8.4) 5.8 3.1 0.5 4.5 5.0 $ (44.6) — (44.6) — — (44.6) — (44.6) $ 84.5 (50.4) 34.1 5.8 0.8 40.7 4.5 45.2 F-52 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 (in millions) Net sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit Selling, general and administrative expenses Loss from operations Interest income Interest expense Income (loss) from subsidiaries Loss on early extinguishment of debt Other expense - net Terex Corporation 218.9 $ (200.7) 18.2 (80.7) (62.5) 1.2 (111.6) 337.9 (1.4) 4.2 Wholly- owned Guarantors $ 1,619.5 (1,438.3) 181.2 (187.1) (5.9) 0.3 (6.0) — — 0.6 Non- guarantor Subsidiaries 3,141.1 $ (2,737.6) 403.5 (408.9) (5.4) 8.3 (27.8) — — (32.3) Intercompany Eliminations $ (561.3) 561.3 — — — — — (337.9) — — Consolidated 4,418.2 $ (3,815.3) 602.9 (676.7) (73.8) 9.8 (145.4) — (1.4) (27.5) (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes Benefit from (provision for) income taxes (Loss) income from continuing operations Loss from discontinued operations – net of tax Gain on disposition of discontinued operations - net of tax Net income (loss) Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest Net income (loss) attributable to Terex Corporation $ 167.8 61.2 229.0 (3.5) 133.0 358.5 — 358.5 $ (11.0) 4.0 (7.0) (2.3) 76.9 67.6 — 67.6 $ (57.2) (38.4) (95.6) (9.5) 379.4 274.3 (4.0) 270.3 $ (337.9) — (337.9) — — (337.9) — (337.9) $ (238.3) 26.8 (211.5) (15.3) 589.3 362.5 (4.0) 358.5 F-53 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 (in millions) Net sales Cost of goods sold Gross profit Selling, general and administrative expenses Loss from operations Interest income Interest expense Income (loss) from subsidiaries Loss on early extinguishment of debt Other expense - net Terex Corporation 135.8 $ (143.9) (8.1) (63.8) (71.9) 1.1 (84.6) (274.6) (3.3) 1.2 Wholly- owned Guarantors $ 1,200.1 (1,209.3) (9.2) (213.7) (222.9) 0.2 (8.5) — — 3.8 Non- guarantor Subsidiaries 2,805.9 $ (2,491.6) 314.3 (421.2) (106.9) 3.6 (26.3) — — (9.3) Intercompany Eliminations $ (283.4) 283.4 — — — — — 274.6 — — Consolidated 3,858.4 $ (3,561.4) 297.0 (698.7) (401.7) 4.9 (119.4) — (3.3) (4.3) (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes Benefit from income taxes (Loss) income from continuing operations Income (loss) from discontinued operations – net of tax Loss on disposition of discontinued operations - net of tax Net (loss) income Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest Net (loss) income attributable to Terex Corporation $ (432.1) 61.9 (370.2) (227.4) 32.3 (195.1) (138.9) 23.2 (115.7) 274.6 — 274.6 (523.8) 117.4 (406.4) (17.4) (2.6) 41.7 — 21.7 (10.8) (398.4) — (398.4) $ (1.8) (199.5) (0.5) (200.0) $ — (74.0) (0.6) (74.6) $ — 274.6 — 274.6 $ (12.6) (397.3) (1.1) (398.4) F-54 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET DECEMBER 31, 2011 (in millions) Terex Corporation Wholly- owned Guarantors Non- guarantor Subsidiaries Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 264.0 $ Investments in marketable securities Trade receivables - net Intercompany receivables Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Property, plant and equipment - net Goodwill Non-current intercompany receivables Investment in and advances to (from) subsidiaries Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities 2.1 32.0 6.9 72.0 76.7 453.7 62.8 — 1,272.8 2,475.5 113.5 2.3 — 229.1 118.3 381.3 37.4 768.4 109.6 149.6 35.0 (833.1) 186.2 $ 507.8 $ 0.9 917.0 74.8 1,304.8 186.1 2,991.4 663.1 1,109.2 40.3 4,922.3 584.1 — — — (200.0) — — (200.0) — — (1,348.1) (6,505.6) — (8,053.7) $ 774.1 3.0 1,178.1 — 1,758.1 300.2 4,013.5 835.5 1,258.8 — 59.1 883.8 $ 7,050.7 $ 4,378.3 $ 415.7 $ 10,310.4 $ 77.0 764.6 — 1,050.1 1,891.7 2,223.4 — 751.1 2,184.5 $ 7,050.7 Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt $ 4.6 $ 0.1 $ 72.3 $ — $ Trade accounts payable Intercompany payables Accruals and other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term debt, less current portion Non-current intercompany payables Other non-current liabilities Total stockholders’ equity 29.6 (42.0) 95.8 88.0 1,005.5 1,199.5 178.9 1,906.4 164.7 49.3 122.6 336.7 1.8 (1,154.1) 37.8 1,193.5 570.3 192.7 831.7 1,667.0 1,216.1 1,302.7 534.4 5,590.2 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,378.3 $ 415.7 $ 10,310.4 $ — (200.0) — (200.0) — (1,348.1) — (6,505.6) (8,053.7) F-55 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET DECEMBER 31, 2010 (in millions) Terex Corporation Wholly- owned Guarantors Non- guarantor Subsidiaries Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 164.2 $ Investments in marketable securities Trade receivables - net Intercompany receivables Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Property, plant and equipment - net Goodwill Non-current intercompany receivables Investment in and advances to (from) subsidiaries Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities 520.9 22.9 9.5 66.0 154.7 938.2 54.6 — 709.3 2,761.7 69.6 2.0 0.5 208.7 93.1 342.7 37.1 684.1 112.5 154.1 48.6 (504.3) 187.3 $ 728.0 $ — 550.9 44.1 1,040.0 130.3 2,493.3 406.4 338.8 39.1 2,721.5 195.5 $ — — — (146.7) — — (146.7) — — (797.0) (4,950.2) — (5,893.9) $ 4,533.4 $ 682.3 $ 6,194.6 $ $ 5,516.4 Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt $ 297.2 $ 0.2 $ 49.4 $ — $ Trade accounts payable Intercompany payables Accruals and other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term debt, less current portion Non-current intercompany payables Other non-current liabilities Total stockholders’ equity 24.9 43.1 127.6 492.8 879.6 943.7 134.1 130.3 26.5 87.2 244.2 119.3 (928.6) 52.1 414.8 77.1 542.6 1,083.9 340.6 781.9 205.1 2,083.2 1,195.3 3,783.1 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 4,533.4 $ 682.3 $ 6,194.6 $ — (146.7) — (146.7) — (797.0) — (4,950.2) (5,893.9) F-56 894.2 521.4 782.5 — 1,448.7 322.1 3,968.9 573.5 492.9 — 28.7 452.4 346.8 570.0 — 757.4 1,674.2 1,339.5 — 391.3 2,111.4 $ 5,516.4 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 (in millions) Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations Cash flows from investing activities Capital expenditures Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired Proceeds from disposition of discontinued operations Investments in derivative securities Proceeds from sale of assets Other investing activities, net Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities of continuing operations Cash flows from financing activities Principal repayments of debt Proceeds from issuance of debt Payment of debt issuance cost Purchase of noncontrolling interest Other financing activities, net Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations Cash flows from discontinued operations Net cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations Net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations Net cash provided by financing activities of discontinued operations Net cash used in discontinued operations Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Terex Corporation Wholly- owned Guarantors Non- guarantor Subsidiaries Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ (539.3) $ 29.6 $ 528.8 $ — $ 19.1 (10.4) — — (16.1) 531.8 — (22.5) (2.0) (46.2) (1,033.2) — — 0.1 — 0.5 — 7.7 (2.2) 505.3 (24.4) (1,073.4) (298.8) 455.5 (26.6) — 3.7 133.8 — — — — — (0.5) 1.9 — (6.3) — (4.9) — — — — — 0.3 2.0 2.3 (144.9) 469.3 — — 0.9 325.3 — — — — (0.9) (220.2) 728.0 $ 507.8 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (79.1) (1,035.2) 0.5 (16.1) 539.6 (2.2) (592.5) (444.2) 926.7 (26.6) (6.3) 4.6 454.2 — — — — (0.9) (120.1) 894.2 $ 774.1 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 99.8 164.2 Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 264.0 $ F-57 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 (in millions) Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities of continuing operations Cash flows from investing activities Capital expenditures Acquisition of business Investments in and advances to affiliates Proceeds from disposition of discontinued operations Investments in derivative securities Proceeds from sale of assets Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of continuing operations Cash flows from financing activities Principal repayments of debt Proceeds from issuance of debt Payment of debt issuance cost Purchase of noncontrolling interest Distributions to noncontrolling interest Other financing activities, net Cash flows from discontinued operations Net cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations Net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations Net cash provided by financing activities of discontinued operations Net cash used in discontinued operations Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period Terex Corporation Wholly- owned Guarantors Non- guarantor Subsidiaries Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated $ (471.9) $ 65.6 $ (203.8) $ — $ (610.1) (8.7) (12.8) (14.6) 294.8 (21.1) 2.4 (10.6) — — — — 1.4 (35.7) — (4.7) 707.2 — 6.2 240.0 (9.2) 673.0 (159.3) — (6.0) — — 1.3 (51.6) — (0.8) — (0.2) (0.1) (154.6) 73.9 (1.0) (12.9) (3.2) (1.2) (19.3) (2.2) (31.6) — — (19.3) — (415.2) 579.4 — — (2.2) — 1.5 0.5 2.0 0.1 — (31.5) (2.0) 336.7 391.3 $ 728.0 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ (55.0) (12.8) (19.3) 1,002.0 (21.1) 10.0 903.8 (365.5) 73.9 (7.8) (12.9) (3.4) — (315.7) (53.1) 0.1 — (53.0) (2.0) (77.0) 971.2 894.2 Net cash used in financing activities of continuing operations (164.0) (52.7) (99.0) Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 164.2 $ F-58 TEREX CORPORATION CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 (in millions) Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities $ (35.5) $ (12.1) $ 7.0 $ — $ (40.6) Terex Corporation Wholly- owned Guarantors Non- guarantor Subsidiaries Intercompany Eliminations Consolidated Cash flows from investing activities Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired Capital expenditures Proceeds from sale of assets Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Principal repayments of debt Proceeds from issuance of debt Proceeds from issuance of common stock Payment of debt issuance costs Purchase of noncontrolling interest Distributions to noncontrolling interest Other financing activities, net Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Cash flows from discontinued operations Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities of discontinued operations Net cash used in investing activities of discontinued operations Net cash used in financing activities of discontinued operations Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period — (11.4) 0.2 (11.2) (527.8) 1,035.5 156.3 (17.2) — — 0.6 647.4 — (7.4) 1.2 (6.2) (2.5) — — — (1.7) (1.0) — (5.2) (22.6) 19.2 (0.2) — (0.4) (0.2) (22.8) 18.6 — 577.9 1.5 — (4.9) 5.4 (9.8) (31.6) 4.7 (36.7) (154.7) 78.8 — — — (6.1) (1.4) (83.4) 6.3 (6.4) — (0.1) 27.0 (86.2) 477.5 Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 579.4 $ 0.5 $ 391.3 $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ (9.8) (50.4) 6.1 (54.1) (685.0) 1,114.3 156.3 (17.2) (1.7) (7.1) (0.8) 558.8 2.9 (7.0) (0.2) (4.3) 27.0 486.8 484.4 971.2 F-59 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES Year ended December 31, 2011 Deducted from asset accounts: Allowance for doubtful accounts Reserve for inventory Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets Totals Year ended December 31, 2010 Deducted from asset accounts: Allowance for doubtful accounts Reserve for inventory Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets Totals Year ended December 31, 2009 Deducted from asset accounts: Allowance for doubtful accounts Reserve for inventory Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets Totals (Amounts in millions) Additions Balance Beginning of Year Charges to Earnings Other (1) Deductions (2) Balance End of Year $ $ $ $ $ $ 46.8 106.7 157.6 311.1 60.1 110.8 134.6 305.5 58.0 83.9 64.1 206.0 $ $ $ $ $ $ 13.6 53.4 18.1 85.1 12.3 44.6 35.1 92.0 21.4 61.1 21.6 104.1 $ $ $ $ $ $ (9.0) (1.8) 7.6 (3.2) (9.5) (6.3) (12.1) (27.9) (1.5) 1.6 48.9 49.0 $ $ $ $ $ $ (8.9) (38.2) — (47.1) (16.1) (42.4) — (58.5) (17.8) (35.8) — (53.6) $ $ $ $ $ $ 42.5 120.1 183.3 345.9 46.8 106.7 157.6 311.1 60.1 110.8 134.6 305.5 (1) Primarily represents the impact of foreign currency exchange and purchase accounting adjustments for deferred tax assets. (2) Primarily represents the utilization of established reserves, net of recoveries. F-60 EXHIBIT 12 TEREX CORPORATION CALCULATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (amounts in millions) EARNINGS Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes Adjustments: Undistributed (income) loss of less than 50% owned investments Fixed charges Earnings (loss) FIXED CHARGES 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 Year Ended December 31, $ 84.5 $ (238.3) $ (523.8) $ 84.0 $ 783.2 (3.5) 171.2 $ 252.2 (1.3) 173.1 $ (66.5) (0.3) 148.0 $ (376.1) (2.1) 124.3 $ 206.2 (3.2) 88.7 $ 868.7 Interest expense, including debt discount amortization Amortization/writeoff of debt issuance costs Portion of rental expense representative of interest factor (assumed to be 33%) Fixed charges 134.9 15.8 145.4 9.3 119.4 8.3 102.5 3.2 20.5 $ 171.2 18.4 $ 173.1 20.3 $ 148.0 18.6 $ 124.3 $ 64.2 5.3 19.2 88.7 RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES 1.5 x — (1) — (1) 1.7 x 9.8 x AMOUNT OF EARNINGS DEFICIENCY FOR COVERAGE OF FIXED CHARGES $ — $ 239.6 $ 524.1 $ — $ — (1) Less than 1.0x Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION I, Ronald M. DeFeo, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Terex Corporation; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 29, 2012 /s/ Ronald M. DeFeo Ronald M. DeFeo Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION I, Phillip C. Widman, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Terex Corporation; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 29, 2012 /s/ Phillip C. Widman Phillip C. Widman Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32 In connection with the annual report of Terex Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Ronald M. DeFeo, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Phillip C. Widman, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of our knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) (2) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ Ronald M. DeFeo Ronald M. DeFeo Chairman and Chief Executive Officer February 29, 2012 /s/ Phillip C. Widman Phillip C. Widman Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer February 29, 2012 A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Terex Corporation and will be retained by Terex Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level New York, New York 10038 800-937-5449 718-921-8124 Shareholders seeking information concerning stock transfers, change of addresses and lost certificates should contact the Company’s stock transfer agent directly. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company may also be contacted at www.amstock.com. STOCK INFORMATION Stock Symbol: TEX Stock Exchange: New York Stock Exchange The high and low quarterly sales prices for the past two years of Terex Corporation are as follows: 2011 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 HIGH 38.50 38.43 29.87 18.51 LOW 28.19 24.59 10.21 9.30 2010 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 HIGH 23.89 28.71 23.13 31.35 LOW 17.32 18.57 16.79 21.55 ANNUAL REPORT / FORM 10-K Copies of the Annual Report / Form 10-K are available from Terex corporate headquarters by calling Investor Relations at +1 203-222-5942, or by visiting the Investor Relations section of the Terex Corporation website at www.terex.com. ANNUAL MEETING The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held at 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on Thursday, May 10, 2012 at Terex Corporation, 200 Nyala Farm Road, Westport, Connecticut, USA. For additional information about our Company and our extensive line of products, please visit our website at www.terex.com. m o c . p r o c s t p e c n o c a i . d e m w w w A M , t e n o s s A , s t p e c n o C a i d e M : n g i s e D This Annual Report contains forward-looking information based on current expectations of Terex. Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual results could differ materially. For a more detailed description of such risks and uncertainties, see the Terex Annual Report on Form 10-K, included with this Annual Report, under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward Looking Information.” The forward-looking statements contained herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Terex expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report to refl ect any change in its expectations. This Annual Report refers to various non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) fi nancial measures. The non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures being disclosed by other companies. Terex believes that this information is useful to understanding its operating results and the ongoing performance of its underlying businesses. See the Investor Relations section of Terex’s website www.terex.com for a complete reconciliation of such measures. The photographs, products and services included in this Annual Report may be trademarks, service marks or trade-names of Terex Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in the USA and other countries and all rights are reserved. Terex is a Registered Trademark of Terex Corporation in the USA and many other countries. Copyright 2012 Terex Corporation. Terex Corporation 200 Nyala Farm Road Westport, CT 06880, USA Tel: +1 203-222-7170 www.terex.com